ele product catalogue 12 edition

164
If it’s worth building it’s worth testing Construction Materials Testing Equipment 12th Edition

Upload: juliusjulitojulito

Post on 12-Apr-2015

520 views

Category:

Documents


49 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

www.ele.com

If it’s worth buildingit’s worth testing

Construction Materials Testing Equipment

12th Edition

ELE International Distributor:Chartmoor RoadChartwell Business ParkLeighton Buzzard, Beds LU7 4WGEnglandTel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249Email: [email protected]

© ELE International 2009. All rights reserved.

In the interest of improving and updating its equipment, ELE reserves the right to alter specifications to equipment at any time.

Con

struction

Materials Testin

g E

qu

ipm

ent

12

Page 2: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

Using the Catalogue

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

New and Updated Product Details

At ELE we have an ongoing programme of product research and development. This is designed to ensure that our equipment incorporates advances in construction materials testing technology and always meets the latest industry guidelines and legislation.

The design or build of the products in this catalogue may therefore change from time to time, or be replaced with new models.

To learn more about the launch of new products or the latest versions of products shown in this catalogue, please visit our web site at www.ele.com.

How to find the products you need

Finding and ordering the products you need is quick and easy.

The catalogue is divided into colour coded sections, each of which covers key areas of construction materials testing. Each section is then sub-divided into product groups, with full product descriptions, specification, and ordering and spares information.

Finding a product

Select the relevant area of application from the main index.

Simply browse through the section to find the product you need. Alternatively, you can use the product name or product number indexes at the back of the catalogue.

How to order

To order a product simply note the product catalogue number.

Then call our sales hotline or contact your nearest distributor, quoting the catalogue number and quantity required.

Please note that when ordering electrical products you need to quote the complete catalogue number including the final suffix, which denotes the correct electrical specification.

Catalogue numbering system

Every product has a unique catalogue number. The numbering system follows a common format:

EL99 Product GroupEL99-9999 Item NumberEL99-9999/99 Accessory, spare or consumable

Electrical specifications are shown as follows:

EL99-9999/01 220-240 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph or 50-60 Hz as describedEL99-9999/02 110-120 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph or 50-60 Hz as describedEL99-9999/09 220-110 V, 50 Hz, 60 Hz or 50-60 Hz, 1ph switchable as described

When ordering electrical equipment please specify the correct voltage and catalogue number to avoid any delay in delivery.

Spare parts

We maintain an extensive stock of spare parts to ensure that your ELE construction materials testing equipment is maintained in optimum condition.

Spare parts are not listed in this catalogue. Instead, to order simply contact either our service department or your nearest distributor, stating the product catalogue number, product serial number or other identifying mark, and approximate date of purchase.

Page 3: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

1

Introduction

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Introduction to ELE 2 to 323 to 29 Soil Testing 4 to 5834 to 37 Concrete 59 to 8838 to 39 Cement 89 to 10242 Aggregates 103 to 10945 to 47 Asphalt 110 to 12270 to 77 Rock Mechanics 124 to 12978 to 83 Laboratory Equipment 130 to 14985 Mobile Laboratories 150 to 151 Index & Numerical Index 152 to 159 Conditions of Sale 161

Geotechnical Engineering

u Soil mechanicsu Foundation designu Sampling, analysis and classification of soilu Permeabilityu Consolidationu Triaxial – staticu Direct shearu Site investigation and in-situ tests

Concrete Technology

u Construction strength and qualityu Strength of concreteu Fresh concreteu Cement analysisu Aggregate classificationu Mix designu Non destructive testingu Sample preparation

Asphalt Technology

u Design and testing of bituminous mixturesu Analysis of bituminous materialsu Binder contentu Pavement, coring, surface regularity and flexure, and textureu Temperature and density

At ELE International we have been serving the needs of major material producers, quality control laboratories, higher education facilities and universities for around 50 years. Today, our unique combination of specialised construction materials testing equipment and technical services is unrivalled around the world and includes equipment for the following applications:

Section Subject Page Number

Page 4: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

The Company

2

Construction Materials Testing Equipment

At ELE International we specialise in the design, manufacture and supply of technically advanced, high quality construction materials testing equipment.

As a world leading manufacturer, and part of the multi-national Danaher Corporation, we have the resources, skills and knowledge to support your business, providing the expertise you need for accurate, reliable and consistent testing of soils, concrete, cement, aggregates, asphalt and rock.

Our products are used by major material producers, quality control laboratories and in higher education and universities. In each case we offer unrivalled global customer service, with comprehensive technical and applications support.

ISO 9001 Quality Assurance

We have a rigorous quality assurance system, with third party certification to ISO9001:2000, to ensure that we meet your exact requirements time after time.

The ISO approval covers all aspects of our business, including the design, development, procurement and warehousing of quality control testing equipment for the construction materials testing market.

Our quality control procedures, backed by the proven reliability of our test equipment, ensure a long and trouble-free operating life and minimal maintenance costs.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 5: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

3

Customer Service

With around 50 years experience as a major manufacturer, and with products and systems in over 150 countries around the world, we are able to offer a wealth of practical experience and technical knowledge to support your business.

We offer dedicated installation, calibration and training services, plus demonstration facilities and hotline customer support, with our highly trained service engineering team ensuring that your ELE equipment is maintained in optimum condition.

In addition, our strategically located offices in Europe, North America, Asia and our global network of accredited distributors provide a prompt and effective response to all your enquiries.

Just as importantly, our large stockholdings and fast manufacturing processes, plus full aftersales service, enable us to deliver products quickly to keep your operation running efficiently.

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 6: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

Soil Testing

4

23 In-Situ Sampling and Preparation 23 Moisture Content24 Soil Index Properties24 Particle Size Distribution24 Compaction and CBR25 Consolidation25 Permeability25 Soil Strength (Triaxial)26 Pressure Systems 26 Direct Shear and Vane Tests 27 Electronic Instrumentation29 Bearing Capacity29 In-Situ Density

ELE has been at the forefront of soils testing technology for around 50 years and has worked closely with customers and independent Standards organisations to develop and prove testing procedures that are now recognised both nationally and internationally.

Our soils testing equipment is used every day by universities, laboratories and site engineers around the world, providing accurate, consistent and reliable data, which can be gathered quickly and simply using tried and tested methods.

Our test instruments and systems are designed to be easy to set up and use, offering many years of trouble-free operation. In addition, they are supported by our global network of wholly owned sales centres and experienced distributors, providing lifetime service and support.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 7: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

5

23 Soil Testing - In-situ Sampling and Preparation

23 In-Situ Sampling and Preparation 23 Moisture Content24 Soil Index Properties24 Particle Size Distribution24 Compaction and CBR25 Consolidation25 Permeability25 Soil Strength (Triaxial)26 Pressure Systems 26 Direct Shear and Vane Tests 27 Electronic Instrumentation29 Bearing Capacity29 In-Situ Density

In-situ Sampling and Preparation

The correct sampling, description and preparation of soil and soil mixtures is necessary if subsequent tests are to be meaningful and provide representative results. Various national and international Standards specify a range of procedures and equipment necessary to ensure representative sampling. With the use of simple hand tools, it is often possible to obtain detailed information regarding the sub-surface structure and hence the likely engineering characteristics of the area under investigation.

Soil Colour Charts

u Nine constant hue charts displaying 322 coloursu Apertures cut between adjacent colours for easy viewing of sample against colour u Charts held in pocket-sized loose-leaf binder A standard identification of colour is an essential component of a soil-profile description. Soil colour charts are widely used by civil engineers, agronomists, soil scientists, geologists and archaeologists as a means of providing a standard colour reference.

Ordering Information

EL23-7100 Soil Colour Charts. The set consists of nine constant hue charts on a neutral gray chart stock. Included in the set is a Gley Colour Chart for submerged soils. This displays 28 matt colour chips, weak cromas and neutrals on value level 4 to 9 for hues, 5GY, 5G, 5BG and 5B. Weight 910 g.

Sample Mixers

A regular laboratory requirement is the mixing of samples with water and/or other constituents to provide a homogeneous mixture prior to subsequent testing. The following range of mixers provide an efficient means of mixing samples. Bench-mounting Mixer 5 litre nominal capacityBS 598-107, 1377-1, 1924-1

The mixer has two electrically switched mixing speeds which obviates the need to switch off during speed selection. The mixing head comprises a beater which contra-rotates about a central shaft using planetary gearing. A lever-acting lifting device facilitates the insertion and removal of the bowl.

This mixer is suitable for the mixing of soil samples, mortar, bituminous mixtures and associated materials where comparatively small samples are being prepared. Supplied with stainless steel bowl, beater and whisk.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 545 x 380 x 550 mm

Speeds (rpm)LowHigh

Beater 140285

Central shaft 62125

Rated power 500 W

Weight 50 kg

Ordering Information

EL23-6191/01 Bench-mounting Mixer, 5 litre nominal capacity. For 220 - 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

Accessory for EL23-6191/015 litre Isomantle see EL45-5580/01

Spare EL23-6191/10 Stainless steel bowl

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL23-7100 Soil Colour Charts

EL23-6191/01 Bench-mounting Mixer

Page 8: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

6

23 Soil Testing - In-situ Sampling and Preparation

Hand Boring and Sampling

The items listed provide the engineer with an economic range of equipment for field survey work. Using this equipment it is possible to obtain disturbed or undisturbed samples at reasonable depths, subject to ground conditions. Most items may be inter-connected.

Soil and Gravel Auger Heads

These auger heads are suitable for boring in cohesive soils or sands and gravels. The soil augers are constructed of heavy duty steel plates forming an open tube partly interlocked at the cutting end. Gravel augers comprise a one piece steel casting with a spiral point and two plates designed to close when lifting samples from the borehole. The Dutch Auger is of similar construction to the Soil Augers and is particularly useful in very fine silt-clay sands.

Ordering Information

Suitability Model no. Description Weight

Cohesive soils

EL23-1501

EL23-1504

Soil Auger Head, 100 mm diameter

Soil Auger Head,150 mm diameter

1.5 kg

2.5 kg

Gravel and Sand

EL23-1517 Gravel Auger Head,150 mm

1.2 kg

Fine Silty Sand

EL23-1525 Dutch Soil Auger Head, 50 mm

1.5 kg

Extension Rods, Handles and Tools

Ordering Information

Model no. Description Weight

EL23-1541 Extension Rod with tube connector, constructed of steel tubing approximately 1 metre long

1.7 kg

EL23-1543 Stillson Wrench size 14, for usewith EL23-1541. Two required

1.2 kg

EL23-1547 Handle and T-piece 2.0 kg

EL23-1587 Jarring Link, for driving sample tubes

4.0 kg

EL23-1617 Spiral Auger, 40 mm diameter x 200 mm long with rod and T-piece attached. Overall nominal length 1250 mm

1.5 kg

Sample Tube

Supplied without Adaptor but with two end caps.

Model Internal

number

Tube length

diameter

Adaptor

EL23-1577 38 mm 230 mm EL23-1579

Hand Boring and Sampling Equipment

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 9: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

7

23 Soil Testing - In-situ Sampling and Preparation

Riffle Boxes (Sample Dividers) BS 1377, 1924, 812; EN 932-1

Designed for the rapid preparation of samples, the ELE range of riffle boxes are constructed of heavy gauge sheet metal, with particular attention given to reinforcement of the partitions to maintain the accuracy of the slot dimensions.

The units offered are supplied in a range of sizes from 7 mm to 64 mm slots.

Ordering Information

Large Sample Splitter

This splitter is designed for the reduction of test samples which are too large in volume to be conveniently handled. It divides samples so that half is representative of the original total sample and handles material up to 6 inches in particle size.

The lever-actuated unit is constructed of heavy gauge welded steel with a hopper which holds up to 1 ft3.The single splitter chute provides wide flexibility in sizes of opening and adjustment is provided for chutes of 0.5,1.5, 2, 3, 4 or 6 inch by positioning of the chute bars. Overall height approximately is 1 metre. Hopper size 735 mm long x 480 mm wide (approx).

Ordering Information

EL23-3425 Large Sample Splitter complete with 2 material pans and a bag-loading chute. Weight 61.5 kg.

Sample Reduction

The reduction of particles within the soil mass is necessary for a number of tests. For most purposes crushing of individual particles must be avoided. This reduction process is best achieved using a porcelain mortar and rubber headed pestle.

Ordering Information

EL23-3500 Rubber Headed Pestle specially made for gently grinding soils without breaking the individual particles. Suitable for BS 1377, 1924; ASTM D421; AASHTO T87. Weight 120 g.

EL23-3505 Mortar and Pestle porcelain.

Model no. Recommended

max particle

size - mm

(BS) (EN)

Slot

width

mm

No.

of

slots

Approx

capacity

kg

Weight

kg

EL23-3000 4.5 3.5 7 12 0.3 1.5

EL23-3050 8.5 6.5 13 12 2.0 6.0

EL23-3070 10.0 7.5 15 12 2.0 8.0

EL23-3100 12.5 9.5 19 10 4.0 9.0

EL23-3150 16.5 12.5 25 10 4.0 11.5

EL23-3170 20.0 15 30 10 4.0 17.5

EL23-3200 25.0 19 38 8 11.0 17.5

EL23-3300 33.0 25 50 8 14.0 22.5

EL23-3350 42.5 32 64 8 18.0 27.0

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL23-3505 Mortar and Pestle

Selection of Riffle Boxes

EL23-3425 Large Sample Splitter

Page 10: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

8

23 Soil Testing - In-situ Sampling and Preparation

Extruders and Soil LathesBS 1377-1

The removal of soil cores from sampling tubes must be accomplished with the minimum of disturbance, particularly when small specimens have to be prepared in order to carry out laboratory tests. Large extrusion forces used indiscriminately will compress soil resulting in false values of shear strength and consolidation.

38 mm Hand-operated Extruder

This Sample Extruder comprises a vertically mounted lever action hydraulic jack, with the body extended to form a chamber which accommodates a 38 mm diameter sample tube. Supplied complete with trimming knife, 38 mm split former and wire saw.

Ordering Information

EL23-4090 38 mm Hydraulic Extruder

Proctor/CBR/Marshall/Core Cutter Extruders

Two extruders comprising a frame and hydraulic jack supplied with adaptor plates to enable a range of sample extrusion from all ELE moulds indicated in the table.

Model no. Extrudes samples from

EL23-4200 Proctor/Core Cutter Extruder

EL24-9000EL24-9060 EL29-5300 EL45-6310

BS Compaction mouldProctor Mould 100 mm Core CutterMarshall Mould

EL23-4250 CBR/Extruder

EL24-9198 EL24-9228

BS CBR Mould ASTM CBR Mould

Accessories

EL23-4300 Adaptor Set for use with EL23-4250. Comprising an adaptor plate, retaining screws and a nominal 100 mm ram plunger. Enables extrusion from all ELE 100 mm moulds and core cutters listed in the table. Weight 2.2 kg.

Hand-operated Soil Lathes

Ordering Information

EL23-5800 Hand-operated Soil Lathe for producing 38 mm diameter specimens. The lathe platen is adjustable in height and will accept specimens up to 100 mm in length.

Accessories

Trimming Knife see EL81-0710

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL23-4090 38 mm Hydraulic Extruder EL23-5800 Hand-operated Soil Lathe

Page 11: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

9

Moisture Content

Rapid Method by Speedy Moisture TesterBS 812; ASTM D4944; AASHTO T217

u Reliable and accurate moisture measurement in the field u Direct reading in percent moisture u Rapid results in minutesu New versions with heavy duty plastic carrying case and portable electronic balance

The new range of Speedy Moisture testers now includes an electronic balance and a heavy duty plastic case.

Designed for the most demanding on-site conditions, the new waterproof and durable case offers high levels of protection. The new model comprises: Speedy Moisture tester, electronic balance, beaker, cleaning cloth, cap, washer, scoop, steel pulverising balls, and cleaning brushes.

Used to weigh a sample before placing it in the Speedy Moisture Tester, the portable battery powered balance includes LCD display with a measuring range 0 – 200 g x 0.1 g. The % moisture content of the sample is read directly from the calibrated pressure gauge.

Ordering Information

Specifications

Model no. EL23-7452 EL23-7462 EL23-7502

Model ‘D2’ Large ‘G2’ Large ‘D2’ Small

Moisture range 0 to 20% 0 to 50% 0 to 20%

Gauge divisions 0.2% 0.5% 0.2%

Sample weight 20 g 8 g 6 g

Weight complete 8.4 kg 7.5 kg 5.5 kg

Speedy Moisture Testers are supplied without Reagent (Calcium Carbide) which should be ordered separately.

Accessories

EL23-7700 Calcium Carbide Powder supplied in 500 g container.

EL23-7702 Calcium Carbide Powder. Pack of 12 x 500 g containers.

Important: Calcium Carbide is a hazardous substance.

Attention is drawn to the limitations imposed on the form of transportation. Only in special circumstances can Calcium Carbide be transported by air.

EL23-7600 Speedy Calibration Kit. A self-contained unit designed to enable an operator to check the accuracy of the Speedy Moisture Tester. The unit comprises a master dial, integral air pump, control connections and tools for checking gauge accuracy and pressure leaks, with instructions for simple re-calibrations.

The standard method for determining the moisture content of soil is the Oven Drying Method, which is recommended for a Soils Laboratory. Details on suitable drying and weighing equipment are included in Section 78: Drying and Weighing.

23 Soil Testing - Moisture Content

EL23-7452 Speedy Moisture Tester D2 Large

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 12: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

10

24 Soil Testing - Soil Index Properties

Soil Index Properties

Soil index properties are used extensively by engineers to discriminate between the different kinds of soil within a broad category, e.g. clay will exhibit a wide range of engineering properties depending upon its composition. Classification tests to determine index properties will provide engineers with valuable information when the results are compared against empirical data relative to the index properties determined.

Determination of Liquid Limit

The condition of a soil can be altered by changing the moisture content. The liquid limit is the empirically established moisture content at which a soil passes from the plastic to the liquid state. A knowledge of the liquid limit allows the engineer to correlate several engineering properties with the soil. Two main types of test are used. The Casagrande type (Cup), which has been used for many years, and the cone penetrometer method, which is now the definitive method specified in BS 1377.

Casagrande Method

u Satisfies International Standards u Motorised version with integral blow counter available

Particular design features of the instrument include a positive action horizontal lead screw, which is rapidly adjustable and rigidly fixes the height of cup in relation to the base during the test procedure. The cam mechanism and cup suspension assembly have been designed to withstand constant use with minimum readjustment.

Ordering Information CASAgrANDE METHOD BS 1377, EN 1997-2

EL24-0410 Hand operated Liquid Limit Device BS with revolution counter. Complete with metal grooving tool and test gauge. Weight 5 kg.

EL24-0417/01 Motorised Liquid Limit Device complete with revolution counter and motor. Weight 8.5 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

Accessories

EL24-0425 Grooving Tool and Gauge. Weight 145 g.

EL24-0430 Glass Plate 500 mm square x 10 mm thick. Weight 145 g.

CASAgrANDE METHOD ASTM D4318; AASHTO T89

EL24-0434 Liquid Limit Device complete with revolution counter. Supplied less grooving tool. Weight 3.0 kg.

Accessories

EL24-0461 AASHTO Casagrande Grooving Tool. Weight 85 g.

EL24-0453 ASTM Metal Grooving Tool. Weight 100 g.

Liquid Limit Device with accessories

Phases of Soil and the Atterburg Limits

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 13: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

11

24 Soil Testing - Soil Index Properties

Cone Penetrometer MethodBS 1377, 1924-2, EN 1997-2

u Reduces operator erroru Applicable to a wide range of soils u Gives reproducible test resultsu Provides direct measurement of penetration

The method is fundamentally more satisfactory than the Casagrande method as it is essentially a static test depending on the soil shear strength. The test is based on the relationship between moisture content and the penetration of a cone into the soil sample under controlled conditions.

Specification

Dial Indicator 150 mm diameter graduated in 400

x 0.1 mm divisions, indicator point

incorporates friction/gear system

Height adjustment Rapid, using integral clamping mechanism

Cone release Manual

Cone 1 x 30º, 35 mm test cone included

Base Cast aluminium, adjustable levelling feet

Weight 6 kg

Ordering Information

EL24-0540 Cone Penetrometer

Accessories

EL24-0546 Test Gauge for checking the condition of the Cone Point. Weight 30 g. EL24-0548 Penetration Test Cup. 55 mm diameter by 40 mm deep, with the rim parallel to the flat base. Weight 100 g.

Spares

EL24-0544 Penetration Test Cone. Stainless steel, 35 mm long with smooth surface at an angle of 30º. Weight 100 g.

Semi-Automatic Cone Penetrometer

Ordering Information

EL24-0545/01 Semi-Automatic Cone Penetrometer. Specification same as EL24-0540 but incorporates Digital Automatic controller, which releases the plunger head and ensures free falling of the penetration device during the test. The time set is displayed by a bright easy to read display. Weight 8.6 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Determination of Plastic Limit BS 1377, 1924-2, EN 1997-2; ASTM D4318; AASHTO T90

The plastic limit is defined as the lowest moisture content of a soil that will permit a sample to be rolled into threads of 3 mm diameter without the threads breaking.

The test procedure has remained, in principle, the same since 1932, when Casagrande proposed to define the various limits by relating the moisture content characteristics of soil under certain conditions. The apparatus required is simple yet effective.

The majority of the apparatus required for this test is standard laboratory equipment. For full details see the Laboratory equipment section of the catalogue.

Ordering Information

EL24-0811 Rod Comparator

Spatula see Laboratory Equipment Section 78.

Glass Plate see EL24-0430

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Penetration Test Cone and Test Gauge EL24-0545/01 Semi-Automatic Cone Penetrometer

Page 14: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

12

24 Soil Testing - Soil Index Properties

Determination of Shrinkage Characteristics

When the water content of a fine-grained soil is reduced below the plastic limit, shrinkage of the soil mass continues until the shrinkage limit is reached. Shrinkage can be significant in clays but less so in silts and sands.

The equipment listed below enables the engineer to determine a number of important parameters, including shrinkage ratio, volumetric shrinkage and linear shrinkage.

Volumetric ShrinkageBS 1377; ASTM D427; AASHTO T92

This method of test covers the determination of the shrinkage limit, shrinkage ratio, volumetric shrinkage and linear shrinkage.

Ordering Information

EL24-1500 Prong Plate. Made of acrylic plastic fitted with three prongs, nominal 76 mm square and 2.4 mm thick. Weight 30 g.

EL24-1550 Shrinkage Dish. Nominal 42 mm diameter x 12 mm deep. Weight 60 g.

EL24-1600 Glass Cup. Nominal 70 mm diameter x 50 mm deep. Weight 40g.

Accessories

Measuring Cylinder see Laboratory Equipment Section.

Evaporating Dish see Laboratory Equipment Section.

Linear ShrinkageBS 1377

This test covers the determination of linear shrinkage of soils and indicates the plastic properties of soils with a low clay content.

Ordering Information

EL24-1800 Shrinkage Mould. To produce a specimen 140 mm long x 12.5 mm radius. Weight 300 g.

Accessories

Vernier Calipers see Laboratory Equipment Section.

Volumetric Shrinkage with Prong Plate, Dish and Glass Cup

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL24-1800 Shrinkage Mould

Page 15: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

13

24 Soil Testing - Soil Index Properties

Determination of Density, Particle Density and Specific Gravity

The term density refers to mass per unit volume. The density of a mass of soil is of interest to the engineer for a variety of reasons including the design of earthworks and foundations and in slope stability analysis.

Particle density or specific gravity is a measure of the actual particles which make up the soil mass and is defined as the ratio of the mass of the particles to the mass of the water they displace. A knowledge of the particle density is essential in relation to other soil tests. It is used when calculating porosity and voids ratio and is particularly important when compaction and consolidation properties are being investigated. The majority of apparatus used for the various tests is general laboratory equipment.

Gas Jar Method BS 1377, EN 1997-2

This method is suitable for soils containing up to 10% of particles retained on a 37.5 mm BS sieve.

Ordering Information

EL24-2830 Gas Jar. 1 litre capacity complete with rubber bung and glass cover. Weight 1.4 kg.

EL24-2854/01 Mechanical End-over-End Shaker fitted with friction safety device, capable of rotating two EL24-2830 Gas Jars at approximately 50 rpm to satisfy BS 1377. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Particle Density: Pyknometer Methods BS 1377, 812-2, EN 1097-7, EN 1997-2; ASTM D 854; AASHTO T 100

These methods are generally suitable for fine-grained soils. The larger pycnometers are not usually suitable for clay soils.

Ordering Information

EL24-2885 Pyknometer. Glass jar complete with non-corrodible cone. Capacity 1 kg.

EL24-2890 Density Bottle 25 ml (Nominal capacity). Supplied complete with capillary vent stopper. Conforms to BS 733 and ISO 3507. Gay-Lussac type.

EL24-2900 Density Bottle 50 ml (Nominal capacity). Supplied complete with capillary vent stopper. Conforms to BS 733, and ISO 3507. Gay-Lussac type.

EL24-2950 Density Bottle 100 ml (Nominal capacity). Supplied complete with capillary vent stopper. Gay-Lussac type.

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL24-2854/01 Mechanical End-over-End Shaker

Density Bottles

EL24-2885 Pyknometer

Page 16: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

14

24 Soil Testing - Particle Size Distribution

Particle Size Distribution andSand Equivalent Value

The analysis of soils by particle size provides a useful engineering classification system from which a considerable amount of empirical data can be obtained.

Two separate and different procedures are used. Sieving is used for gravel and sand size particles and sedimentation procedures are used for the finer soils.

For soil containing a range of coarse and fine particles it is usual to employ a composite test of sieving and sedimentation procedures.

The Sand Equivalent Test serves as a rapid field test to show the relative proportions of clay-like or plastic fines and dusts in granular soils and fine aggregates.

Constant Temperature Bath

Specially designed for the sedimentation testing of soils and other fine grained material, the bath is supplied with a false bottom to assist in circulation of the bath liquid. Will accommodate six Sedimentation Cylinders.

Specification

Dimensions(l x w x h)

535 x 210 x 610 mm external

Capacity Holds up to 6 sedimentation cylinders

Construction Stainless steel with toughened glass front

Temperature control

Heater/Thermostat/Circulation with Digital Controller Unit

Power 1500 Watts

Weight 12 kg

Ordering Information

EL24-4865/01 Constant Temperature Bath for 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL24-4865/01 Constant Temperature Bath

Page 17: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

15

24 Soil Testing - Particle Size Distibution

Sedimentation by the Hydrometer Method BS 1377; ASTM D422; AASHTO T88

This method determines particle size distribution in a soil from the coarse sand size down to clay size (about 2 µm). The test does not require the weighing accuracy necessary for pipette sedimentation and is suitable for use in site laboratories.

Mechanical Analysis Stirrer ASTM D422; AASHTO T88

This compact, bench-top stirrer is used for dispersing soil samples in water for hydrometer analysis. The stirrer is supplied complete with Mixing Paddle and Dispersion Cup. Weight 4 kg.

Ordering Information

EL24-4125/01 Mechanical Analysis Stirrer for 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1ph.

Accessories

EL24-4145 Sodium Hexametaphosphate, 500 g Constant Temperature Bath see EL24-4865/01

Spares

EL24-4125/10 Mixing Paddle for EL24-4125/01

EL24-4125/11 Soil Dispersion Cup and Baffle for EL24-4125/01

A comprehensive range of test sieves, sieve shakers and associated equipment are detailed in the Laboratory Equipment section of the catalogue for the determination of particle size distribution by sieving methods.

Soil Hydrometers BS 1377, EN 1997-2; ASTM D422, E100; AASHTO T88

Ordering Information

EL24-4620 Soil Hydrometer BS/EN DD ENV graduated 0.0995 to 1.030 g/ml.

EL24-4640 Soil Hydrometer ASTM/AASHTO (152H) graduated –5 to +60 g/litre.

EL24-4650 Soil Hydrometer ASTM D422. (151H) graduated 0.0995 to 1.038 g/ml.

Hydrometer Sedimentation Cylinder BS 1337; ASTM D422; AASHTO T88

Ordering Information

EL24-4700 Hydrometer Sedimentation Cylinder. 1000 ml capacity complete with rubber bung.

Accessories

EL24-4800 Nomographic Chart for the determination of Stoke’s Law.

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Soil Hydrometers

EL24-4125/01 Mechanical Analysis Stirrer

Page 18: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

16

24 Soil Testing - Particle Size Distribution

Sand Equivalent ValueASTM D2419; AASHTO T176

Set Includes

4 Plastic measuring cylinders1 Carrying case1 Weighted foot assembly1 Irrigator tube1 Rubber tubing complete with pinch clip1 Funnel

Ordering Information

EL24-4919 Sand Equivalent Apparatus ASTM D2419

Accessories

EL24-4925 Syphon Assembly with 5 litre polythene bottle. Supplied without rubber tubing.

EL24-4930 Calcium Chloride 2.5 kg.

EL24-4932 Formaldehyde 40% solution, 2.5 litres.

EL24-4934 Glycerol Analar 2.5 litres.

Mechanical Sand Equivalent Shaker

Recommended for use in laboratories performing a large number of tests, motorised shakers provide a consistent and repeatable oscillation, minimising variation in test results.

Ordering Information

EL24-4945/01 Mechanical Sand Equivalent Shaker ASTM Method. Weight 32.0 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL24-4125/01 Mechanical Analysis Stirrer

EL24-4945/01 Mechanical Sand Equivalent Shaker

Page 19: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

17

24 Soil Testing - Compaction and CBr

Compaction

Many civil engineering projects use soils as fill material, with soil normally being compacted to a dense state to ensure that it has the optimum properties.

Compaction on site is generally achieved by mechanical means such as rolling, ramming or vibrating. Precise control over the level of compaction is essential to achieve best results at reasonable cost, with laboratory compaction tests being used as they provide the basis for control procedures that are subsequently used on site.

Compaction tests typically enable the following criteria to be established:

u The relationship between dry density and moisture content for a given degree of compactive effort.

u The moisture content for the most efficient compaction; that is, at which the maximum dry density is achieved under that compactive effort.

u The value of the maximum dry density achieved. There are several different standard laboratory compaction tests, with the most appropriate in each case being based on the nature of the project, the type of soil and the availability of equipment on site.

Applications of Compaction

Soil used as fill:

u To refill an excavation or voidu To provide made-up ground to support a structureu As a sub-base for a road, railway or airfield runwayu As a structure; e.g. an earth dam

Improvement by compaction

u Higher stability u Higher CBR Valueu Lower compressibiltyu Lower permeabilityu Lower frost susceptibility

Effect on mass of fill

u Greater stabilityu Less settlement u Less deformation u Less water absorptionu Less risk of frost heave

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 20: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

18

24 Soil Testing - Compaction and CBr

Compaction Test 2.5 kgBS 1377-4, 1924-2, EN 1997-2

This test method utilises a 2.5 kg hand compaction hammer and a one litre capacity compaction mould.

Often referred to as the ‘Proctor’ test it is suitable for soils containing particles no larger than 20 mm.

The mould and hammer is manufactured from corrosion protected steel components to withstand the heavy usage involved in the test.

Compaction Mould, BS

Specification

Mould volume 1 litre

Dimensions 105 mm dia x 115.4 mm high

Construction All steel, threaded studs with wing nuts, plated

Weight 5.5 kg

Ordering Information

EL24-9000 Standard Compaction Mould BS

Compaction Rammer, 2.5 kg, BS

Specification

Rammer 50 mm dia, 2.5 kg

Drop 300 mm

Guide sleeve Machined steel tubing with air pressure release holes

Finish Corrosion resistant

Weight 4.2 kg

Ordering Information

EL24-9002 Compaction Rammer 2.5 kg BS

Compaction Test 4.5 kgBS 1377-4, 1924-2, EN 1997-2

This test method utilises a 4.5 kg hand rammer resulting in a heavier compactive effort than the 2.5 kg test method. Compactive energy some 4.5 times greater is applied to the sample using the heavier rammer.

The method is often specified where higher levels of compaction are necessary in a structure, e.g. an airfield sub-base material.

Manufactured from corrosion protected steel components the 4.5 kg rammer is designed to withstand heavy usage involved in the test method.

Compaction Rammer, 4.5 kg, BS

Specification

Rammer 50 mm dia, 4.5 kg

Drop 450 mm

Guide sleeve Machined steel tubing with air pressure release holes

Finish Corrosion resistant

Weight 7.5 kg

Ordering Information

EL24-9004 Compaction Rammer 4.5 kg BS

Accessories

EL24-9010 Straight edge, 300 mm. Weight 600 g.

BS Compaction Mould and Rammers

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 21: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

19

24 Soil Testing - Compaction and CBr

Proctor Compaction MouldASTM D558, D559, D560, D698, D1557; AASHTO T99, T134, T135, T136, T180

Specification

Dimensions 101.6 mm dia x 116.4 mm high

Rammer Mould volume 1/30 ft3

Construction All steel, threaded studs with wing nuts, plated

Weight 5.4 kg

Ordering Information

EL24-9060 Proctor Compaction Mould

Proctor Compaction RammerASTM D558, D559, D560, D698; AASHTO T99, T134, T135, T136

Specification

Rammer 2 in dia, 5.5 lb

Drop 12 in

Guide sleeve Machined steel tubing with air pressure release holes

Finish Corrosion resistant

Weight 4.1 kg

Ordering Information

EL24-9063 Proctor Compaction Rammer

Accessories

Straight edge, 300 mm see EL24-9010

ASTM Compaction MouldASTM D698, D1557; AASHTO T99, T180

Specification

Dimensions 152.4 mm dia x 116.4 mm high

Rammer Mould volume

1 /13.33 ft3

Construction All steel, threaded studs with wing nuts, plated

Weight 8.2 kg

Ordering Information

EL24-9066 ASTM Compaction Mould

ASTM Compaction Rammer ASTM D1557; AASHTO T180

Specification

Rammer 2 in diameter, 10 lb

Drop 18 in

Guide sleeve Machined steel tubing with air pressure release holes

Finish Corrosion resistant

Weight 6.3 kg

Ordering Information

EL24-9070 ASTM Compaction Rammer

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Proctor Compaction Mould and Rammer EL24-9066 ASTM Compaction Mould

Page 22: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

20

24 Soil Testing - Compaction and CBr

The time and effort required to prepare specimens for compaction studies and other test methods can often be costly and time-consuming. The use of an automatic, mechanical compactor will show considerable cost benefits over hand compaction methods. Two models meeting the requirements of BS/EN and ASTM are available.

Automatic Compactor BS1377, EN 1997-2, 1924; ASTM D558, D560, D698, D1557; AASHTO T99,T134,T135,T136,T180

u Pre-set blow pattern ensures even compaction u Solid state controls for reliability and ease of maintenance u Automatic re-setting of counter after completion of blow pattern

These machines automatically compact specimens eliminating the laborious hand compaction method. The height and weight of the rammer are adjustable to suit test requirements. An automatic blow pattern ensures optimum compaction for each layer of soil. The rammer travels across the mould and the table rotates the mould in equal steps on a base that is extremely stable. The number of blows per layer can be set at the beginning of the test.

Specification

Dimensions l x w x h

430 x 240 x 1400 mm

Rammer BS/EN Circular faced, 50 mm dia, adjustable to 2.5 kg or 4.5 kg weight.

ASTM Circular faced, 2 in (50.8 mm) dia, adjustable to 5.5 lb (2.5 kg) or 10 lb (4.5 kg) weight.

Drop BS/EN Adjustable to 300 mm or 450 mm

ASTM Adjustable to 12 in (305 mm) or 18 in (457 mm)

Weight 98 kg

Ordering Information

EL24-9090/01 Automatic Soil Compactor, BS/ENfor 220-240 V AC 50Hz 1ph.

Accessories

Standard Compaction Mould see EL24-9000

BS CBR Mould Body see EL24-9198

BS CBR Extension Collar see EL24-9200

BS CBR Solid Base see EL24-9204

Automatic Compaction of Soils

Ordering Information

EL24-9095 series Automatic Soil Compactor, ASTM

EL24-9095/01 for 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1ph

EL24-9095/02 for 110 – 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 1ph

Accessories

Proctor Compaction Mould see EL24-9060

ASTM Compaction Mould see EL24-9066

EL24 9090 series Automatic Soil Compactor with accessory mould

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 23: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

21

24 Soil Testing - Compaction and CBr

The California Bearing Ratio test, or CBR test as it is usually termed, is an empirical test first developed in California, USA, for estimating the bearing value of highway sub-bases and sub-grades. The test follows a standardised procedure and there is little difference between BS/EN and ASTM tests. However, there are numerous ways of preparing samples and in this respect American practice differs in detail from British practice.

This test can be performed in the laboratory on prepared samples or on location. It is important to appreciate that this test, being of an empirical nature, is valid only for the application for which it was developed, i.e. the design of highway base thicknesses.

California Bearing Ratio A number of options are available to collect and analyse data with the ELE CBR-Test 50.

1 Mechanical, using standard Load Rings and Penetration Dial Gauges. 2 Electronic, Load Transducers and Displacement Transducers in conjunction with the ELE Electronic Control and Readout Unit supplied with download software. 3 Electronic, using Electronic measuring devices as above in conjunction with the ELE DataSystem that provides full analysis of CBR Test data.

CBR-Test 50 MachineBS 1377, 1924; EN 13286-47; ASTM D1883; AASHTO T193

u Two speed machine (BS/EN and ASTM) u Rapid platen adjustment u Complete with stabilising baru Compact, bench-mounting designu Options for mechanical or electronic measurement

Designed for performing laboratory CBR tests to BS 1377, EN13286-47 and ASTM D1883, this bench mounting machine comprises a twin column frame incorporating a motorised drive system. Two speeds are provided, 1.0 mm/min for BS/EN and 1.27 mm/min for ASTM tests. Rapid adjustment of the platen is provided, which enables daylight to be taken up quickly and also close control of application of a seating load.

Specification

Dimensions l x w x h 550 x 400 x 1220 mm

Maximum vertical clearance

800 mm

Horizontal clearance 255 mm

Platen diameter 133 mm

Platen travel 105 mm

Weight 80 kg

Ordering InformationEL24-9150/01 CBR-Test 50. 50 kN load frame complete with stabilising bar. For 220 V AC, 50 Hz, 1ph

Electronic Control and Readout Unit see EL27-1200/09

Spares

EL24-9170 Stabilising Bar

EL24-9160 series CBR-Test 50 with accessories

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 24: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

MultiPlex 50 Machines BS598, 1377, 1924; EN 12697-23, 24, 13286-47; ASTM D1883; AASHTO T193

A versatile 50 kN capacity machine for performing laboratory CBR, Marshall and Quick Undrained Triaxial tests.

Ordering Information

MultiPlex 50 see EL25-3700 Electronic Control and Readout Unit see EL27-1200/09

Force Measurement

A range of load rings will be required depending upon the type of material being tested.

Detailed below is a selected range of load rings that are suitable for differing values of CBR.

Model no. Capacity Value of CBR

EL78-0060 2 kN Up to 8%

EL78-0460 10 kN 8% to 40%

EL78-0760 28 kN Average range of CBR

EL78-0860 50 kN Above 40%

Full details on the range of available load rings are in Section 78, Load Measurement.

22

24 Soil Testing - Compaction and CBr

Penetration and Measurement

Ordering Information

EL24-9182 Penetration Piston with 1.935 mm2 (3 in2) area foot of case hardened steel. Designed to fit all ELE load rings. Weight 3.7 kg. EL24-9183 Penetration Piston as EL24-9182 but with a coarse stem adjustment. This piston is particularly useful for in-situ testing.

EL24-9184 Penetration/Swell Dial Gauge, ASTM. 1 in travel x 0.0005 in divisions. Complete with rack extensions and chisel edge anvil. Weight 220 g.

EL24-9186 Penetration Dial Gauge BS. 25 mm travel x 0.01 mm divisions. Complete with rack extensions and chisel edge anvil. Weight 220 g.

EL24-9188 Bracket and Adaptor dual purpose mounting bracket for CBR penetration dial gauges. Allows gauge to be fixed to penetration piston or load ring. Weight 300 g.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL25-3700 series Multiplex 50 with Accessories

Penetration Piston and Dial Gauge Assembly

Page 25: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

23

24 Soil Testing - Compaction and CBr

A range of moulds and accessories designed to meet relevant Standards. The equipment is manufactured from high quality materials and with regular maintenance will give years of satisfactory performance.

CBR MouldBS 1377, 1924; EN 13286-4, EN 1997-2

Specification

Mould 152 x 127 mm (inside diameter x height)

Collar 51 mm height, fits both ends of mould

Base plate Solid, fits both ends of mould

Construction All steel, plated

Weight 7.3 kg

Ordering InformationEL24-9198 BS/EN CBR Mould Body

EL24-9200 BS/EN CBR Extension Collar

EL24-9204 BS/EN CBR Solid Base/Top Plate AccessoriesEL24-9202 BS/EN CBR Perforated Base Plateto fit mould body. Weight 1.8 kg.

EL24-9206 CBR Cutting Collar to fit BS/EN mould body. Weight 1.4 kg.

EL24-9208 C-spanner to fit BS/EN CBR moulds and collars. Two required. Weight 1.7 kg each.

EL24-9210 Base Plate Tool to fit into base plate to assist removal from mould body. Weight 700 g.

EL24-9212 Static Compaction Plug. Steel, 150 mm dia x 51 mm thick. Complete with removable handle. Weight 7.3 kg.

EL24-9214 2 kg Annular Surcharge Weight, BS/EN

EL24-9216 2 kg Split Surcharge Weight, BS/EN Tamping Rod see EL34-0130

EL24-9220 Filter Papers, 150 mm diameter. Box of 100.

CBR Moulds and Accessories CBR Mould ASTM D1883; AASHTO T193

Specification

Mould 152.4 x 177.8 mm (inside diameter x height)

Collar 50.8 mm height, fits both ends of mould

Base plate Perforated

Construction All steel, plated

Weight 9 kg

Ordering InformationEL24-9228 ASTM CBR Mould with collar and perforated baseplate. AccessoriesEL24-9236 ASTM CBR Cutting Collar to fit ASTM CBR mould body, manufactured with a cutting edge to enable undisturbed samples to be taken in the field. Weight 1.5 kg.

EL24-9238 ASTM CBR Spacing Disc. 150.8 mm diameter x 61.4 mm deep. Weight 6.8 kg.

EL24-9240 Filter Screen. 150 mm dia, 150 µm mesh for use with ASTM mould.

EL24-9243 4.5 kg Annular Surcharge Weight, ASTM

EL24-9244 5 lb Split Surcharge Weight, ASTM

EL24-9245 5 lb Annular Surcharge Weight, ASTM

EL24-9250 Filter Papers, 150 mm diameter. Box of 100.

Expansion (swell) Test Equipment

Ordering Information

EL24-9260 Swell Plate with adjustable stem. Weight 540 g.

EL24-9262 Swell Tripod for mounting Swell Dial gauge in position on CBr mould collar. Weight 700 g.

Soaking Tank see EL34-6575/01

EL24-9275 Swell Dial Gauge, BS/EN. 25 mm travel x 0.01 mm.

Swell Dial Gauge, ASTM see EL24-9184

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 26: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

In-situ CBR

The use of in-situ CBR apparatus on road construction contracts enables the bearing capacity of soils to be determined quickly and efficiently with minimum delay. The BS 1377, BS 1924 and ASTM D4429 Standards describe in-situ test procedures.

Ordering Information

EL24-9290 45 kN Capacity Mechanical Jack. The body is corrosion protected and houses an enclosed worm and wheel gear. The gear ratio has been carefully selected to provide a handwheel speed that can be comfortably maintained, particularly with soils of high CBR value. A quick-release device in the screwjack allows the plunger to be rapidly adjusted prior to the test. Weight 8.2 kg.

EL24-9298 Land Rover Bracket. Fits all models in Land Rover series 90 and 110.

EL24-9300 Ball Seating Attachment for fitting between the mechanical jack and reaction point. The ball seating is used when testing on undulating ground to ensure that the jack, load measuring ring and penetration piston are truly vertical. Non-axial loading of the load ring will give false results and will eventually damage the ring itself. Weight 1.8 kg.

EL24-9308 Set of Extension Rods made from high-quality steel with large-section thread for quick assembly.

EL24-9312 Datum Bar Assembly comprising 2 tripod stands and a datum bar. Weight 5.7 kg.

EL24-9320 4.5 kg Annular Surcharge Weight

EL24-9322 4.5 kg Slotted Surcharge Weight

EL24-9248 9.1 kg Slotted Surcharge Weight

Penetration Piston see EL24-9183

Penetration Dial Gauge ASTM see EL24-9184

Penetration Dial Gauge BS see EL24-9186

Bracket and Adaptor see EL24-9188

Load Rings see Section 78

24

24 Soil Testing - Compaction and CBr

Conversion of In-situ to Laboratory CBR

The in-situ CBR jack assembly can be mounted in a simple conversion frame to measure CBR values in the laboratory. The frame is used with the jack, a suitable load ring, CBR mould and penetration piston.

Ordering Information

EL24-9341 50 kN Conversion Frame to adapt the mechanical jack for laboratory CBR tests. The frame is of a two-column construction with an overhead beam to accept the mechanical jack EL24-9290 and is supplied complete with stabilising bar. Weight 53 kg.

Accessories

EL24-9290 45 kN capacity Mechanical Jack

28 kN Load Ring see EL78-0760

Penetration Piston see EL24-9183

Bracket and Adaptor see EL24-9188

Penetration Dial Gauge ASTM see EL24-9184

Penetration Dial Gauge BS see EL24-9186

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL24-9341 50 kN Conversion Frame

Page 27: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

25

25 Soil Testing - Consolidation

It is generally understood that clays and other compressible soils can be subject to long-term consolidation under the loads imposed by foundations and above ground structures. Also that settlement may occur even if the applied pressure is within the safe bearing capacity of the soil.

Traditionally, consolidation has been measured with an oedometer and this is generally known as the one-dimensional consolidation test. We provide a range of standard consolidation test equipment, with purpose-written software for precise and fast statistical analyses, plus specially designed pneumatic and hydraulic consolidation cells, together with a wide choice of options.

Consolidation

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 28: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

26

25 Soil Testing - Consolidation

One-dimensional Consolidation

The One-dimensional Consolidation test is used to determine the consolidation characteristics of soils of low permeability. Tests are carried out on specimens prepared from undisturbed samples. Data obtained from these tests, together with classification data and a knowledge of the soils loading history, enables estimates to be made of the behaviour of foundations under load.

Consolidation ApparatusBS 1377; EN 1997-2; ASTM D2435, D4546; AASHTO T216

u High capacity – 8800 kPa on 50 mm diameter specimens using 11:1 beam ratio u Triple beam ratio, 9:1, 10:1, 11:1u Compact unit ensures maximum space saving

The ELE Oedometer is rigidly constructed to ensure minimum frame distortion. The frame is designed to load the specimen through a yoke assembly and one of three alternative beam ratios. The beam is fitted with a counterbalance weight and beam support jack.

The cell platform will accept the complete range of ELE consolidation cells and is fitted with a central spigot to ensure accurate centring of the cell under the loading yoke. Dimensions without hanger 711 x 203 x 508 mm (l x w x h). Weight 22 kg.

Ordering Information

EL25-0402 Consolidation Frame supplied without dial gauge and weights.

Accessories EL25-0408 Set of Weights. 100 kg comprising 9 x 10 kg, 1 x 5 kg, 2 x 2 kg, 1 x 1 kg. Weight 100 kg. For individual weights see EL26-2137 to EL26-2147.

EL25-0429 Floor-mounting Stand. A versatile modular steel stand. Holes in the shelf are provided for securing up to three EL25-0402 Consolidation Frames. Dimensions 610 x 915 x 865 mm (l x w x h).

Vertical Settlement Measurement

Various methods of measuring vertical settlement can be supplied. These range from dial gauges to displacement transducers. All devices comply with the accuracy specified in BS 1377, ASTM D2435 and D4546. Displacement transducers are supplied with a calibration certificate.

The table below shows the range of devices available for fitting to the EL25-0402 Consolidation Frame. Transducers are supplied complete with mounting brackets as required.

Ordering Information

BS ASTM

Dial gauge 10 mm travel x 0.002 mm div

EL25-0440 -

10 mm displacement transducer fitted with 5 pin DIN plug

EL27-1649 EL27-1649

Computer Controlled Recording and Analysis

Geotechnical laboratories make extensive use of computers and automated testing, and we offer specially written software packages designed to record and analyse test data. Presentation of results is in test report format, giving geotechnical engineers total control over all areas of analysis where an engineering judgement is required.

Software packages are described in Section 27.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Displacement Dial Gauge fitting

EL25-0402 Consolidation Frame

Page 29: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

27

25 Soil Testing - Consolidation

Typical Loading

The table below shows typical loading of cells giving unit stress when used with EL25-0402 Consolidation Frame.

Cell model no. EL25-0455 EL25-0479 EL25-0503

Application High pressure

ASTM BS/EN 10:1

Specimen dia 50 mm 2.5 inch 75 mm

Specimen area

1963 mm2 4.909 inch2 4418 mm2

Beam ratio 10:1 10:1 9:1

Load 1 kg 1.55 kg 1 kg

Stress 50 kPa 1000 lbf/ft2 20 kPa

Typical max stress

8 MPa 103 200 lbf/ft2

3.2 MPa

Stress for 1 kg m2 50 kPa 645 lbf/ft2 20 kPa

Consolidation CellsBS 1377; EN 1997-2; ASTM D2435, D4546; AASHTO T216

u Fixed ring type u Integral water reservoiru Choice of three sample sizes

The ELE fixed ring consolidation cells are manufactured from corrosion-resistant materials and conform to the requirements of the relevant Standards. An integral water reservoir is incorporated in the cell, which allows the specimen to be inundated when required. All cells are supplied complete with upper and lower porous disc, pressure pad and cutting (specimen) ring.

Consolidation Cells

Ordering Information

Nominal sample diameter

50 mm 2.5 inch 75 mm

Consolidation cell complete

EL25-0455 EL25-0479 EL25-0503

Accessories

Calibration disc

EL25-0461 EL25-0485 EL25-0509

Spares

Cutting ring

EL25-0458 EL25-0506

Pair of porous discs

EL25-0455/13 EL25-0479/13 EL25-0503/13

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Consolidation Cell components

Fixed Ring Consolidation Cell

Page 30: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

28

25 Soil Testing - Permeability

Permeability

Knowledge of the permeability characteristics of soil is essential for construction projects where drainage is an important element. In particular, permeability is a key parameter for the design and assessment of landfill sites, the investigation of contaminated ground, the design of earth dams and sheet pile walls, and in assessing the potential for lowering groundwater levels.

In many applications, the use of a flow-net analysis together with permeability data enables both the rate of seepage of water through or under a structure to be estimated, and seepage pressures to be calculated.

In each case, we offer a full range of testing equipment including:

u Constant Head Apparatusu Falling Head Apparatusu Combination Permeameteru Compaction Permeameteru Guelph Permeameter

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 31: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

29

25 Soil Testing - Permeability

Constant Head Apparatus BS 1377; EN 1997-2; ASTM D2434; AASHTO T215

This equipment is used for testing the permeability of granular soils (sands and gravels).The specimen is formed in a permeability cell and water is passed through it from a constant level tank. Take-off points located along the sides of the permeability cell are connected to three manometer tubes mounted on a panel complete with a metre scale. Water passing through the specimen is collected and measured, either for a specific quantity or over a period of time. The reduction of head is noted from the variation of water level in the manometer tubes.

Specification

Cell model no. EL25-0580

Nominal Cell inside diameter

75 mm

Cell wall Transparent plastic

Take-off points 3

End plates Anodised aluminium

Weight 2.6 kg

Ordering InformationEL25-0580 Constant Head Permeability Cell, 75 mm diameter

EL25-0591 Manometer Tubes and Stand comprising three glass tubes of constant bore, metre scale and connecting tubing for cell pressure take-off points, all mounted on a free-standing panel. Weight 2.8 kg.

EL25-0593 Constant Level Tank manufactured from transparent plastic with attachment for wall mounting. The inlet, outlet and overflow pipes are fitted to the base of the tank and can be adjusted for height within the tank. Supplied complete with connecting tubing. Weight 2.4 kg.

EL25-0580 Constant Head Apparatus

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Constant Head Permeability Cell and Apparatus

Page 32: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

30

25 Soil Testing - Permeability

Falling Head Apparatus

Clays and silts are tested using the falling head technique. Flow of water through the specimen is observed by monitoring the rate of fall of water in the tube. It is essential that soils of very low permeability are sealed inside the cylinder to prevent seepage along the sides of the specimen. Before testing, the specimen must be completely saturated with water as the presence of air will restrict the flow of water.

Specification

Cell Plated seamless tube 100 mm diameter x 130 mm height

Base Porous plate with three tie rods

Top plate Machined to accept smaller tubes

Weight 3.4 kg

Ordering Information

EL25-0605 Falling Head Permeability Cell

Compaction Permeameter

These Permeameters are designed for performing either constant head or falling head permeability tests on undisturbed, remoulded or compacted soils.

Specification

Mould Machined seamless steel tubing, plated

Capacity 101.6 x 116.4 mm (inside dia x h) 1/30 ft3

Collar 50.8 mm high, machined

Top Overflow valve assembly and water connection

Base Cast aluminum, with inlet/outlet fitting

Porous stone

101.6 x 12.7 mm (diameter x thickness)

Weights 5.4 kg

Ordering InformationEL25-0607 Compaction Permeameter, 101.6 mm

EL25-0609 Standpipe Panel complete with three glass tubes of 1.5, 3 and 5 mm diameter bore, approximately 1.4 metres long. Supplied with metre scale and thick walled flexible tubing. The glass tubes are fitted to a panel for wall mounting and connected to a 3-way outlet valve.

EL25-0611 De-airing Tank manufactured from transparent plastic with de-airing jet inlet and a flow outlet connection with flexible tubing. The tank is manufactured to withstand a reduced pressure and is suitable for direct wall mounting. Weight 2.9 kg.

EL25-0613 Soaking Tank with fixed overflow. Used for containing permeability cell during test. Weight 4.2 kg.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Falling Head Permeability Cell with manometer tubes EL25-0607 Compaction Permeameter

Page 33: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

31

25 Soil Testing - Permeability

Combination Permeameter CONSTANT Or FALLINg HEAD METHODS

u Plated steel chamber head assembly u Corrosion-resistant cast aluminum base assemblyu Includes accessories for conducting both constant and falling head permeability studies

This combination permeameter has a transparent plastic chamber for soil specimens of either fine-grained or coarse-grained soils. Generally, soils containing 10 percent or more particles passing a 75 µm sieve are tested using the falling head assembly. More granular soils, containing 90 percent or more particles retained on the 75 µm sieve, are tested using the constant head assembly.

The cell is sealed at the top so that a vacuum may be used to saturate the specimen. Porous stones located at the top and bottom of the cell prevent sample flaking or washout.

For constant head tests, a plastic funnel reservoir is mounted on an upright attached to the cell, providing a maximum head of 550 mm. Falling head tests are performed using the graduated pipette falling head reservoir, which gives a maximum head of 1000 mm and is graduated 0.2 ml.

Specification

Specimen size 63.5 x 63.5 mm (dia x l max) when using lower chamber only, 63.5 x 140 mm (dia x l max) when using both lower and extension chambers

Chamber Transparent plastic, two sections

Base Cast aluminium

Top seal Plated steel with gaskets

Porous stones 62.7 x 12.7 mm (diameter x thickness)

Constant head Plastic, funnel reservoir, 550 mm maximum head

Falling head Graduated pipette, 100 ml x 0.2 ml, 1000 mm maximum head

Weight 5 kg

Ordering InformationEL25-0623 Combination Permeameter. Constant or Falling Head.

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL25-0623 Combination Permeameter

Page 34: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

32

25 Soil Testing - Permeability

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Guelph Permeameter ASTM D5126

u Lightweight and portableu Robust construction u Requires only 2.5 litres of water u Results usually within 2 hours

The Guelph Permeameter is used to obtain accurate measurements of hydraulic conductivity, soil sorptivity and soil matrix flux potential. These three factors govern how liquids will move through an unsaturated soil profile.

Recent significant advances in both the theoretical and practical techniques of measuring soil hydraulic conductivity have been made by the University of Guelph, Canada. This has resulted in the development of the Guelph Permeameter, utilising the Constant Head Well principle.

Specification

Cell Plated seamless tube 100 mm diameter x 130 mm height

Base Porous plate with three tie rods

Top plate Machined to accept smaller tubes

Weight 3.4 kg

Ordering Information

EL25-0650 Guelph Permeameter

Guelph Permeameter Set Includes:-

1 Field Tripod1 Well Auger1 Well Tripod1 Preparation Tool1 Hand Pump1 Extension Kit (extends depth by 800 mm)1 Collapsible Water Container1 Set of Instructions and Carrying Case

EL25-0650 Guelph Permeameter

1 Auger and prepare hole

2 Install Permeameter and fill with water

3 Record changing water level and calculate results

Page 35: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

33

25 Soil Testing - Soil Strength (Triaxial)

Soil Strength (Triaxial)

The measurement of total stress or effective stress requires different procedures and therefore different equipment.

Total stresses are normally measured in a triaxial cell where the sample is subject to an all round confining pressure ( 3). A load is applied ( 1) through a piston onto a pressure pad, with the sample being confined within a rubber membrane so that no drainage in or out of the specimen is allowed. Pore water pressures are not normally measured and the undrained test is often referred to as the QU-TXL test.

An extension of the QU test is the unconsolidated undrained test (UU); this is similar to the QU test but is run at a slower rate in order to measure pore water pressure.

By comparison, effective stresses when measured in a triaxial cell are more complex in their nature, as numerous parameters can be measured. These include back pressure, pore water pressure and volume change; all of which can be used to calculate the required engineering properties.

Effective stress tests are usually referred to as consolidated drained (CD) or consolidated undrained (CU). Generally the CD test is applicable to sands, while both the CU or CD test can be used with clays. There are many special test variations within these basic test groupings.

Our range of triaxial cells and accessories, used in conjunction with other equipment such as load frames, pressure sources and measurement devices, have been specifically designed to meet the wide ranging requirements of modern soil mechanics laboratories. Each system is easy to set up and use, providing accurate and repeatable measurements.

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 36: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

34

25 Soil Testing - Soil Strength (Triaxial)

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 37: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

35

25 Soil Testing - Soil Strength (Triaxial)

Load Frames

The range of ELE designed and manufactured load frames is the most modern of its kind available to the discerning test laboratory. The range comprises capacities of 50 kN incorporating the latest microprocessor control systems, clear on-board screen displays and a range of other high quality features.

Digital Tritest 50 BS 1377-7, -8 1924-2, ASTM D2850 D4767, AASHTO T296 T297

u Microprocessor control u Large on-board LED screen display u Direct entry via a touch sensitive keyboard u Rapid approach and return to datum of platenu Fully variable speed, 0.00001 to 9.99999 mm/min u Samples up to 100 mm diameter

This 50 kN capacity machine, designed primarily for triaxial testing of soil specimens up to 100 mm diameter x 200 mm long, comprises a rigid twin column construction with an integral fully variable microprocessor controlled drive unit and LCD display with a touch sensitive keyboard. The machine is normally bench mounted for ease of installation and operation.

The use of a microprocessor controlled drive system and keyboard entry provides the Digital Tritest 50 with a wide variety of features which include pause and speed reset during test, RS 232C, operator programming of speed and control functions, self test diagnostics and many other features.

A robustly constructed steel case houses the motor drive system with careful attention being given to the prevention of ingress of water or grit. All operating controls are mounted on the front panel of the machine, which is angled and recessed to prevent physical and environmental damage.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 500 x 500 x 1470 mm

Maximum vertical clearance

910 mm

Horizontal clearance 364 mm

Platen diameter 133 mm

Platen travel 100 mm

Platen speed range 0.00001 to 9.99999 mm/min

Rapid approach speed 25 mm/minute

Weight 140 kg

Ordering InformationEL25-3518/01 Digital Tritest 50 complete with RS 232C interface. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

AccessoriesEL25-3650 Unconfined Compression Platens and Dial Gauge

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL25-3518/01 Digital Tritest 50

Page 38: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

36

25 Soil Testing - Soil Strength (Triaxial)

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

MultiPlex 50 BS 598, 1377, 1924; ASTM D3668, D1883; AASHTO T193

u Large on-board LED screen display u Fully variable speed, 0.5 to 50 mm/minuteu Rapid and momentary approach of platenu Mechanical or electronic measurementu Triaxial samples up to 100 mm diameter

This 50 kN capacity machine has been designed primarily for performing laboratory CBR, Marshall stability and quick undrained triaxial tests on one load frame. It is particularly suitable for those laboratories carrying out a mix of these tests, e.g. for road construction. The compact bench mounting design comprises a twin column frame incorporating a motorised drive system. A robustly constructed case houses the drive system, with careful attention being given to the prevention of ingress of water or grit. All operating controls are mounted on the front panel of the machine.

Electronic measurement is achieved using the optional EL27-1200/09 Electronic Control and Readout Unit (ECU) and appropriate load and axial displacement transducers, see catalogue Section 27. With digital readout, data logging capability and download software included as standard, the Multiplex 50/ECU combination provides unique features safeguarding not only the testing equipment, but also test integrity and accuracy.

Among these, the ECU will check its testing mode (CBR, Marshall, etc) against the frame speed setting and will not permit the test to run if these settings are incompatible. The ECU automatically configures its logging rate for each test type to comply with BS, ASTM or AASHTO Standards. This means the data exported from the ECU needs no further manipulation before analysis and reporting. Finally, if the upper limits of the transducers are exceeded, the ECU stops the load frame to protect the test accessories and load frame drive system.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 550 x 400 x 1470 mm

Maximum vertical clearance 800 mm

Horizontal clearance 265 mm

Platen diameter 133 mm

Platen travel 100 mm

Platen speed range 0.5 to 50.0 mm/min

Rapid approach speed 40 mm/min

Weight 100 kg

Ordering InformationEL25-3700/01 MultiPlex 50, mechanical load frame supplied complete with CBR stabilising bar. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1ph.

AccessoriesElectronic Control and Readout Unit see EL27-1200/09

CBR Stabilising Bar see EL24-9170 EL25-3650 Unconfined Compression Platens and Dial Gauge

Applications

u Marshall Stability testsu BS and ASTM CBR testsu Quick Undrained Triaxial testsu Unconfined Compression tests

EL25-3700 series MultiPlex 50

Page 39: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

37

25 Soil Testing - Soil Strength (Triaxial)

Triaxial Cells BS 1377; ASTM D2850, D4767; AASHTO T296, T297

u Working pressure up to 1700 kPa u All round visibility u Sample sizes 38 to 100 mm diameter u Rapid assembly and dismantlingu Accepts a range of interchangeable submersible load transducers

This range of precision made triaxial cells has been designed to meet the requirements of the modern soils laboratory. The cells have been treated to minimise corrosion. Particular attention has been paid to the quality of finish between the piston and the head. Final assembly includes the fitting of an O-ring seal and the use of special lubricant to reduce friction to a minimum and eliminate water leakage.

The piston load capacity is designed to accept high horizontal forces which may be present during the final stages of a test.

Each cell has five take-off positions drilled in the base for top drainage/back pressure, pore water pressure and bottom drainage.

Two no-volume change valves and an anvil for strain gauge/transducer datum are supplied for fitting to the cell.

A feature of these cells is that they all accept a single diameter piston. The internal height is such that a range of submersible load transducers can be fitted without any modification. Each cell will accept a range of base adaptors and various accessories for testing a wide range of specimens.

Ordering Information

Specification

Model number EL25-4047 EL25-4117 EL25-4157

Cell size 50 mm 70 mm 100 mm

Max. specimen size

50 x 100 mm

70 x 140 mm

100 x 200 mm

Working pressure

1,700 kPa 1,700 kPa 1,700 kPa

Max. piston load

45 kN 45 kN 45 kN

Vertical clearance required

380 mm

430 mm 515 mm

Horizontal clearance required

155 mm 180 mm 255 mm

Weight 4 kg 7.3 kg 14.3 kg

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Triaxial Cells with Base Adaptors

Page 40: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

38

25 Soil Testing - Soil Strength (Triaxial)

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Accessories for Triaxial cells

Aggressive Materials

Although all products are treated to inhibit corrosion, certain aggressive materials may attack the metal components. Examples of this are samples obtained from the seabed or containing high concentrations of sulphates or chlorides.

Where aggressive materials are to be tested, ELE will be pleased to offer advice on any special requirements.

Ordering InformationEL25-8090 Silicone Grease Lubricant Tube

EL25-4200 Piston Restraint Clamp to lock loading piston in position.

Submersible load transducers see EL27-1573 and EL27-1575

Specimen Base Adaptor

Each cell will require the correct size of specimen base adaptor relative to the size (diameter) of sample to be tested.

Note: all base adaptors are double perforated for bottom drainage/pore pressure measurement. They are supplied complete with a solid disc for use in tests where no drainage is required.

Compatibility of Base Adaptors with Cells

Ordering Information

Specimen size

Cell model number

EL25-4047 EL25-4117 EL25-4157

Maximum specimen dia 50 mm

Maximum specimen dia 70 mm

Maximum specimen dia 100 mm

38 mm EL25-4166 - -

50 mm EL25-4168 EL25-4174 -

70 mm - EL25-4176 -

100 mm - - EL25-4186

Base Adaptors

Tritest 50 complete with Triaxial Cell and Transducers

Page 41: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

39

25 Soil Testing - Soil Strength (Triaxial)

Axial Displacement (strain) and Load Measurement

Various methods of measuring axial displacement and load can be supplied.

All devices comply with the accuracy specified in BS 1377; ASTM D2850, D4767. Displacement and load transducers are supplied with a calibration certificate.

Ordering InformationEL25-4210 Dial Gauge. 25 mm travel x 0.01 mm.

Accessories50 mm Displacement Transducer. 5 pin DIN socket see EL27-1617

Various methods of measuring load can be supplied, these include load rings, S-type and submersible load transducers. The capacity of the load measurement device will invariably be selected with reference to the type of specimen and its size. For detailed specification of axial displacement and load measurement devices refer to EL27 and EL78 sections of the catalogue.

As a general guide, suggested load measurement capacities are as follows:

Type of Soil Capacity (max)

Clays 4.5 kN

Frictional materials 20 kN

Soft rocks, frictional soils at high cell pressures 50 kN

Sample Preparation Sample Diameter 38 mm 50 mm 70 mm 100 mm

O-Ring placing tool EL25-4290 EL25-5470 EL25-6470 EL25-7610

Suction membrane device EL25-5100 EL25-5480 EL25-6480 EL25-7640

Two-way split former EL25-5120 EL25-5500 EL25-6500 EL25-7650

Two-part split mould EL25-5130 EL25-5530 EL25-6530 –

10 ml single-tube drainage burette EL25-4540 EL25-4540 EL25-4540 –

Valve complete with 6 mm connector EL25-4520 EL25-4520 EL25-4520 EL25-4520

Quick undrained tests The following items will be required in addition to those listed for quick undrained tests:

Pressure Pad EL25-5050 EL25-5430 EL25-6430 EL25-7590

Rubber membrane (pack of 10) EL25-5061 EL25-5441 EL25-6441 EL25-7621

Length 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 330 mm

Thickness 0.25 – 0.3 mm 0.25 – 0.3 mm 0.25 – 0.3 mm 0.25 – 0.3 mm

Membrane sealing ring (pack of 10) EL25-5081 EL25-5461 EL25-6461 EL25-7631

Additional items for consolidated undrained and drained tests Porous disc (pack of 2) EL25-5181 EL25-5561 EL25-6561 EL25-7661

Filter paper drain (pack of 50) EL25-5200 EL25-5580 EL25-6580 EL25-7670

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 42: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

40

25 Soil Testing - Soil Strength (Triaxial)

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

De-aired Water

It is particularly important that water from which dissolved air has been removed is used in the pore pressure measurement system and saturation procedures. Any dissolved air in the water will lead to errors in the measurement of pore pressure, particularly at low pressures, and also give slow or incorrect saturation results.

ELE De-aired Water Apparatus BS 1377

This compact self-contained unit will de-air water quickly and efficiently down to levels of dissolved oxygen acceptable for geotechnical test methods.

Air is removed from the water by a vacuum system, which continuously circulates the water in the tank.

The unit is supplied with a clear water container, which will hold a maximum of 15 litres of water. Input and output lines are formed using standard 6 mm tube connectors. Dimensions 380 x 356 x 470 mm (l x w x h).Weight 13 kg.

Ordering InformationEL25-1833/01 ELE De-aired Water Apparatus for 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

EL25-1833/01 ELE De-aired Water Apparatus

Page 43: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

41

26 Soil Testing - Pressure Systems

Pressure Systems

The provision and use of constant pressure systems in the geotechnical laboratory is essential if testing methods and equipment are to be fully utilised. Generally a number of independent and variable pressure sources will be required in a laboratory. Accurate and reliable monitoring systems will also be required, which may range from a single pressure gauge through a whole series of transducers.

We offer a range of products designed to supply and monitor all those parameters necessary for the successful testing of geotechnical materials. Two types of constant pressure systems are available:

1. Air/water system operated by a pneumatic compressor 2. A motorised oil/water system

Air/Water Constant Pressure System

Where a laboratory requires a number of constant but independent and variable pressure sources, the use of a pneumatic compressor is recommended. Depending on the capacity and volume of the unit, a series of pressure sources can be provided to various test stations around the laboratory. Two sizes of compressor are available.

Ordering Information700 kPa Air Compressor Unit see EL83-1730/01

1000 kPa Air Compressor Unit see EL83-1735/01

Pressure Reducing Panels and Bladder Assemblies

Compressed air must be controlled and delivered to a system designed to transfer the controlled pressure to the fluid (usually water), which applies the various test pressures, e.g. a confining pressure in a triaxial test.

The pressure reducing panels are used in conjunction with a bladder-type air/water interface assembly. Each individual pressure take off from the reducing panel will require a bladder interface assembly.

Connection of the reducing panels to the compressor/water trap outlet and to other reducing panels requires the use of EL26-1769 Nylon Tubing.

Ordering InformationEL26-1746 Bladder-type Air/Water Pressure Assembly with transparent plastic chamber for operating continuously at pressures up to 1000 kPa. A length of tubing is provided for connecting the air/water cylinder outlet to a pressure measuring system. Weight 5.6 kg.

SpareEL26-1746/10 Replacement Bladder

EL26-1760 1000 kPa Two-way Pneumatic Pressure Reducing Panel comprising two constant pressure reducing valves with inlet water trap and pressure indicator. The unit allows a maximum output pressure of 1000 kPa. Maximum input pressure should not exceed 1400 kPa. The panel has an inlet connector to accept EL26-1769 Nylon Tubing from the Air Compressor and two 6 mm outlets for connecting EL26-1746 Bladder-type Air/Water Pressure Assemblies. An outlet connector is fitted for the connection of an additional panel using EL26-1769 Nylon Tubing to increase the total capacity of the system. This outlet is blanked off when not required. Weight 4 kg.

AccessoryEL26-1769 Nylon Tubing. 30 metre length. For pressures up to 1700 kPa. Used for connecting Air Compressors to Pneumatic Pressure Reducing Panels, or for connecting two Pressure Reducing Panels together. Weight 2 kg.

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL26-1760 1000 kPa Two-way Pneumatic Pressure Reducing Panel

EL26-1746 Bladder-type Air/Water Pressure Assembly

Page 44: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

42

26 Soil Testing - Pressure Systems

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

6-Way Pressure Distribution Panel

The six-way pressure control systems have been designed specifically for the monitoring of up to six independent pressures. They are particularly useful for setting up and controlling a 3-cell effective stress system using three independent cells and three independent back pressures.

EL26-1872 is for use with pneumatic systems. The panel is used in conjunction with EL26-1880 Universal Pump and Pressure Indicating Panel which provides pressure monitoring and facilities for filling and de-airing the system.

Ordering InformationEL26-1872 6-Way Pneumatic Pressure Panel comprising six pneumatic control valves mounted in a housing for controlling six independant outlets. Supplied with connection ports for coupling panel to EL26-1880. Maximum inlet pressure 1400 kPa maximum outlet pressure 1000 kPa.

Twin-burette Volume Change Unit

Fitted with reversing valve and by-pass valve. The unit is fitted with burettes graduated 0 to 100 ml x 0.2 ml and is mounted on a solid panel for wall or bench mounting.

Ordering InformationEL26-1892 Twin-burette Volume-change Unit supplied with 100 ml capacity x 0.2 ml burettes. Weight 8.3 kg.

AccessoriesEL26-1900 Red Dye, Kerosene-soluble

System Accessories

Ordering InformationEL26-1922 6 mm Connector with sealing washer

EL26-1926 Nylon Opaque Tubing. 6 mm outside diameter x 4 mm inside diameter. For use up to a pressure of 3500 kPa. Priced per metre.

EL26-1928 6 mm Elbow Connector

EL26-1930 6 mm T-connector

EL26-1892 Twin-burette Volume-change Unit

Page 45: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

43

26 Soil Testing - Pressure Systems

Oil/Water Constant Pressure System

u 0 to 1700 kPa (250 lbf/in2) fully variable u Continuous constant pressure controlu One litre capacity

The ELE oil/water constant pressure system, PressureTest 1700, is extremely versatile and can be used in conjunction with a wide range of test equipment. The unit provides continuous variable pressure up to 1700 kPa. Pressure is increased or decreased simply by turning a control wheel.

The apparatus is supplied without a gauge for those customers who have suitable pressure monitoring equipment. A digital pressure gauge is offered as an accessory.

The machine features a clear hydraulic/water interface reservoir and up to one litre capacity of water is available under pressure. Ordering InformationEL26-1800/01 PressureTest 1700. Dimensions (without gauge) 240 x 400 x 500 mm (l x w x h). Weight 17 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

AccessoriesEL26-1820 Digital pressure gauge 1700 kPa

SparesEL26-1805 Oil, 5 litres

Modular Pressure Panel System

u Modular system for flexibility u Wall mountingu Four outlets u 6 mm diameter pipework for quick filling and draining u Standard type valves on all units – on/off with no volume change u Ideal system for geotechnical laboratories

This modular system provides flexibility and cost saving by enabling only those units that are relevant to the particular testing requirements to be selected. It is simple to update the system with the addition of other units, which can be quickly connected together.

The units may be used with a variety of pressure systems, such as pneumatic and oil/water, and are designed to accept pressures up to 1700 kPa where appropriate.

Universal Pump and Pressure Indicating Panel

This is the main pressure display in the system for monitoring various pressures and also provides fine control of pressure within the system using the rotary hand pump. The unit is fitted with a dual calibrated 250 mm diameter pressure gauge, four inlet/outlet no-volume change valves, screw controlled rotary hand pump, water reservoir and isolating valves. The unit is housed in a hinged case for wall or bench mounting. By using an isolating valve the panel may be used to monitor cell or back pressure.

Ordering InformationEL26-1880 Universal Pump and Pressure Indicating Panel with dual calibrated pressure gauge, 1700 kPa and 250 lbf/in2. Weight 12 kg.

SpareEL26-1865/10 Pressure Gauge 1700 kPa. 250 mm diameter. Weight 2.5 kg.

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL26-1800 series Pressure Test 1700

EL26-1880 Universal Pump and Pressure Indicating Panel

Page 46: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

26 Soil Testing - Direct Shear and Vane Tests

44

Direct Shear and Vane Tests

Every building or structure that is built in or on the earth imposes loads on the soil supporting the foundations. The stresses set up in the soil cause deformation of the soil with stress failure being caused by slippage of soil particles, which may lead to sliding of one body of soil relative to the surrounding mass.

The process is known as shear failure and occurs when shear stresses set up in the soil mass exceed the maximum shear resistance that the soil can offer, i.e. its shear strength.

Direct/Residual Shear ApparatusBS 1377; EN 1997-2; ASTM D3080

u Microprocessor controlu Large on-board LCD screen displayu Direct entry via touch sensitive keyboard u Rapid approach and return to start datumu Fully variable speed, 0.00001 to 9.99999 mm/minuteu Accepts specimens up to 100 mm square

The ELE Direct Shear Apparatus accepts specimens 60 mm, 100 mm square or 2.5 inches in diameter.

The use of a microprocessor controlled drive system and keyboard entry gives the apparatus a wide range of features that include pause and speed reset during test, RS 232C interface, operator programming of speed and control functions, self test diagnostics and many other features. A return to start datum provides a positive means of reversing the shearbox when either preparing for a new test or continuing with residual testing procedures.

Safety forward/reverse travel limit switches are fitted as standard and monitored through the electronics system control.

The electronics are housed in a modern moulded shroud, which includes a large LCD display and keyboard entry. The apparatus is enclosed in a robustly constructed case, has been designed for floor mounting and is supplied complete with carriage, loading hanger and 10:1 lever loading device.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 1140 x 275 x 1260 mm

Speed rangeStandard speeds Fast forward/reverse

0.00001 to 9.99999 mm 10 mm per minute

Weight 82 kg

Ordering InformationEL26-2114 series Digital Direct/Residual Shear Apparatus supplied without shearbox, load ring, vertical and horizontal dial gauges.

EL26-2114/01 for 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph. EL26-2114/02 for 110 – 120 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Measurement of Load(Shear Stress)

Various methods of measuring load can be supplied. All load measurement devices comply with the requirements for accuracy specified in BS 1377 and ASTM D3080.Transducers are supplied with a calibration certificate.

The table below shows a range of devices available for fitting to EL26-2114 series Digital Direct/Residual Shear Apparatus. For detailed specification refer to relevant catalogue sections.

Capacity 2 kN 3 kN 4.5 kN

Load ring compression only

EL78-0060 EL78-0160 EL78-0260

S-type Load Cell 5.0 kN capacity see EL27-1561

EL26-2114 series Digital Direct/Residual Shear Apparatus

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 47: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

26 Soil Testing - Direct Shear and Vane Tests

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

45

Measurement of Horizontal and Vertical Movement

Horizontal and vertical movement is measured using dial gauges or displacement transducers. All devices comply with the accuracy specified in BS 1377 and ASTM D3080 and are supplied with a calibration certificate.

The table below shows devices available for fitting to EL26-2114 series Digital Direct/Residual Shear Apparatus. For detailed specification refer to relevant catalogue sections. All devices are supplied complete with mounting brackets as required.

Vertical Dial Gauge see EL25-0440

Horizontal Dial Gauge see EL83-5456

Vertical Displacement Transducer see EL27-1689

Horizontal Displacement Transducer see EL27-1697

Application of Normal Stress

Normal stress is applied to the specimen through the lever loading device and the appropriate slotted weights, which can be selected from the table below.

Slotted Weights

Model no. Weight

EL26-2132 50 kg Set of Weights, comprising: 4 x 10 kg, 1 x 5 kg, 2 x 2 kg, 1 x 1 kg

EL26-2137 10 kg

EL26-2139 5 kg

EL26-2141 2 kg

EL26-2143 1 kg

EL26-2145 0.5 kg

EL26-2147 0.25 kg

Shear Box AssembliesBS 1377; EN 1997-2; ASTM D3080

All shearbox assemblies are designed to fit the carriage of EL26-2114 series Digital Direct/Residual Shear Apparatus. They are supplied complete with two porous plates, one retaining plate and a loading pad. The three sizes supplied comply with the relevant requirements of BS 1377 and ASTM D3080. All assemblies can be used for quick shear tests or drained/residual shear tests.

Optional accessories are available including specimen cutters and extrusion tools. The table shows the complete range of shearbox assemblies and accessories. Shearbox Assemblies

EL26-2181 EL26-2197 EL26-2213

Specimen area

60 x 60 mm

100 x 100 mm

2.5 inch dia

Specimen thickness

25 mm

25 mm 1 inch

Weight 2 kg 5.2 kg 2.8 kg

Relevant Standard

BS 1377

BS 1377 ASTM D3080

Accessories and Spares

Porous Disc

EL26-2181/10 EL26-2197/10 EL26-2213/10

Specimen Cutter

EL26-2185 EL26-2201 EL26-2217

Specimen Extrusion Tool

EL26-2189

EL26-2205 EL26-2221

Application of Normal Stress

We offer software packages designed to record and analyse test results. Presentation of results is in test report format giving geotechnical engineers total control over all areas of analysis where an engineering judgement is required.

Software packages are described in the EL27 section of the catalogue.

Control system of EL26-2114 series Digital Direct/Residual Shear Apparatus

Page 48: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

46

26 Soil Testing - Direct Shear and Vane Tests

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Pocket Shearmeter

The shearmeter can be used on tube samples, on the sides of pits, cuttings etc. It is an invaluable tool for initial site investigation work.

Ordering InformationEL26-2261 Pocket Shearmeter complete with sensitive vane, standard vane and high-capacity vane. Range 0 to 1 x 0.05 kgf/cm2. Weight 300 g.

Laboratory Vane ApparatusBS 1377

The equipment is based on a design by the Transport Research Laboratory, England, and is available in hand or motorised versions. Stress is applied through the 12.7 x 12.7 mm vane by means of any one of four calibrated springs. The motorised version produces a shearing rate of 10º per minute.

Ordering InformationEL26-2270 Laboratory Vane Apparatus. Hand-operated, complete with 4 calibrated springs and a 12.7 mm diameter x 12.7 mm long vane. Weight 7.5 kg.

AccessoriesEL26-2281 Vane. 12.7 mm diameter x 19 mm long.

EL26-2283 Vane. 12.7 mm diameter x 25.4 mm long.

SparesEL26-2275/10 Set of 4 Calibrated Springs for Laboratory Vane Apparatus.

EL26-2279 Vane. 12.7 mm diameter x 12.7 mm long.

Inspection Vane

This instrument is an essential tool for civil engineers involved in site investigation work. The unit is supplied in kit form with a carrying case incorporating the measuring head, extension rods, vanes, etc. The measuring head comprises a T-handle that is spring-loaded against the extension rod adaptor. Weight 3 kg. Ordering InformationEL26-3335 H-60 Field Inspection Vane Tester. Range 0 to 260 kPa, in carrying case with 6 x 0.5 metre extension rods, 3 vanes, dummy vane and tools. Supplied complete with Calibration Certificate.

SparesEL26-3335/11 H-605 Extension Rod

EL26-2261 Pocket Shearmeter

EL26-3335 H-60 Field Inspection Vane Tester

EL26-2270 Laboratory Vane Apparatus

Page 49: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

47

27 Soil Testing - Electronic Instrumentation

Data Logging, Software and Electronic Instrumentation

u Multi-taskingu Stand-alone systemsu Digital readout unitsu Total solutionsu Systems consultancy serviceu Wide range of PC compatibility

At ELE we have long specialised in the development of intelligent processing and recording systems. Over the years, our knowledge, skills and resources have enabled us to help customers move from the early stages of simple digital readout units, through dedicated computer control, to the latest intelligent stand-alone data acquisition systems.

In each case our expertise in both hardware and software allows us to deliver dedicated condition monitoring and software solutions that meet the exact needs of our customers, while retaining optimum system performance, functionality and reliability.

Important Ordering Information

To ensure that we are able to respond quickly and accurately to your enquiry please be prepared to give us as much information as possible on your hardware and peripherals.

Our team of highly qualified engineers are always available to provide technical advice and will, if necessary, design turnkey laboratory facilities around your requirements.

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 50: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

48

ELE Datasystem Geotechnical Testing

u System comprises software, ADU datalogger and Transducers u Options available for Triaxial, Consolidation, Direct/Residual Shear and CBR tests u Automates data logging, analysis and reporting to British Standards and ASTM/AASHTOu Accurate and repeatable test proceduresu Multi-tasking; perform several tests concurrentlyu Easily expandableu Import and export of sample data in AGS format

The ELE DataSystem is a unique instrument designed to interface with laboratory testing equipment, thereby allowing technicians to perform other activities. It provides geotechnical engineers with fully automated data collection and analysis capabilities for the laboratory.

The system has been tailored to suit the requirements of a wide range of customers including commercial testing laboratories, educational and government bodies. Contractors and consultants will quickly realise the productivity benefits of ELE DataSystem, while students in educational institutions will have the added benefit of direct involvement in the use of computer technology related to conventional materials testing methods.

Through ELE DataSystem and your computer, you will achieve not only professional testing procedures in accordance with industry standards, but also cost-effective benefits in productivity and reduced operator fatigue. You can eliminate the need for overtime, night shifts and weekend shifts for data logging purposes, while automated logging enables greater utilisation of working hours. Considerable time can also be saved in the recording and calculation of tests, with automatic printing and plotting of test results for direct entry into reports.

The ELE DataSystem can be configured to work on a wide variety of laboratory testing devices, including equipment not manufactured by ELE. Our highly trained technical service group is always available to help develop a system that best meets your requirements.

Datasystem 7 Geotechnical Software

u Windows® compatible software packages u Automatic Report Generation in accordance with British Standards and ASTM/AASHTO (MS Word required)u Real-time graphical outputs both to screen and printer as required u Tests can be performed using SI, Imperial or Metric units u Test stages have built-in functions to aid ‘on the fly’ calculation of set-up parameters where appropriate

DataSystem 7 Geotechnical software is a powerful data analysis and reporting software suite designed to work in conjunction with ELE’s ADU datalogger and Transducers. The software incoporates advanced features such as intelligent data analysis, automatic report generation (MS Word required), and AGS data exchange compatibility.

27 Soil Testing - Electronic Instrumentation

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

ELE Datasystem equipment can be divided into three main groups

ELE DataSystem SoftwareSpecially writeen spftware packages designed to record, analyze, and report test data guiding the user through testing procures in accordance with British Standards or ASTM/AASHTO.

ELE Autonomous Data Acquisition Unit (ADU)A sophisticated data acquisition unit with on-board intelligence and memory capability.

ELE DataSystem series TransducersA complete range of transducers linking popular geotechnical soils testing devices to the ADU.

Page 51: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

49

27 Soil Testing - Electronic Instrumentation

Autonomous Data Acquisition Unit (ADU)

u Up to 32 input channelsu Up to 100 readings per second in normal multi-tasking mode u Standard RS 232C interfaceu Compatible with a complete range of transducers for almost any test requirements

The ADU is a sophisticated data acquisition unit that provides the link between your computer and the transducers connected to test equipment.

With complete on-board intelligence and memory capabilities, the ADU takes control of the data acquisition process. The user is not required to do any programming. All test initiation functions and data transfer procedures are handled by the microcomputer and ADU software. With all real time activities controlled by the ADU, the computer may be used for other purposes while testing is in progress.

Housed in a free-standing case, the ADU is supplied complete with an 8-channel input module. The unit can easily be upgraded to a capacity of 32 channels through the optional 8-channel Expansion Modules.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h)

406 x 445 x 178 mm

Case Free-standing, houses power supply, analogue to digital conversion mod-ule, 128k bytes of memory storage and an 8-channel analog input mod-ule with transducer energisation

Sockets Standard 5-pin DIN type

Input range ± 5 volts to ± 10 mV full scale

Transducer supply 10 V DC

Weight 11.3 kg

Ordering Information

EL27-1495/01 Autonomous Data Acquisition Unit (ADU) for 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1ph.

Accessory

EL27-1502-Channel Expansion Analogue Input Module

S-type Load Cells

u Repeatability better than ± 0.02% of rated output u Non-Linearity better than ± 0.03% of rated outputu Supplied complete with 5-pin DIN type connector for connection to ADU

Ideally suited for a wide range of applications, ELE S-type load cells provide high accuracy and minimum deformation. Various models are available, with the necessary adaptors, for use with ELE Triaxial Load Frames, Multiplex 50/Marshall Test 50/CBR Test 50 and Direct Shear machine.

Specification

Excitation 10 V AC or DC

Output Non Linearity

2.7 mV/V nominal better than ± 0.03% of rated output

Construction Aluminium alloy/stainless steel

Environmental protection

IP65

Ordering InformationS-type Load Cells for triaxial tests EL27-1551 5.0 kN capacity EL27-1553 10.0 kN capacity EL27-1555 25.0 kN capacity

S-type Load Cells for CBR and Marshall tests EL27-1559 50 kN capacity

S-type Load Cell for use with Direct Shear Machine EL27-1561 5.0 kN capacity

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

S-type Load Cells

Page 52: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

50

27 Soil Testing - Electronic Instrumentation

Submersible Load Transducers

u Eliminates effects of piston friction on readingsu Unaffected by cell confining pressures u Easily installed in triaxial cell u Supplied complete with calibration certificate and 5-pin DIN type connector for use with ADU

Submersible Load Transducers are used to measure accurately the axial loads applied to triaxial test specimens. Consisting of a load cell and piston assembly these units replace the standard triaxial cell loading piston. A major advantage is that these transducers measure loads directly on top of the specimen. All transducers are supplied complete with a 5-pin DIN type connector and calibration certificate.

Specification

Dimensions 75 x 50 mm (dia x h) excluding piston and adaptor

Overload capacity 150%

Output 26 mv full range

Excitation 10 V DC (15 V DC max)

Non-linearity 0.1% maximum

Hysteresis Deflection 0.1% maximum 0.05 mm at full load

Side force 50% full scale maximum without effect

Connector 5-pin DIN plug

Compensated temperature range

0 to 50°C

Weight 850 g

Ordering InformationEL27-1573 5.0 kN capacity Submersible Load Transducer

EL27-1575 10 kN capacity Submersible Load Transducer

AccessoryEL27-1293 Distance Piece required when using submersible load cells.

Displacement Transducers

u Ideally suited for use with ADU for accurate displacement measurementsu Models available for use in consolidation, shear, CBR and triaxial test applications u Supplied complete with mounting hardware for specified products

Displacement Transducers are used in consolidation, shear, CBR and triaxial test applications for accurate displacement measurements. They are supplied complete with a 5-pin DIN type connector for direct connection to the ADU.

Specification

Construction Fully encapsulated electronics, sealed in a stainless steel case

Excitation 10 V DC

Connector 5-Pin DIN type

Mounting bracket Included as standard

Weight 0.45 kg

Ordering InformationEL27-1617 Axial Strain Transducer. 0 to 50 mm range. For use with Triaxial Cells.

EL27-1649 Consolidation Displacement Transducer. 0 to 10 mm range. For use on One-dimensional Consolidation Apparatus.

EL27-1689 Vertical Displacement Transducer. 0 to 10 mm range. For use with Direct/Residual Shear Machines.

EL27-1697 Horizontal Displacement Transducer. 0 to 10 mm range. For use on Direct/Residual Shear Machines.

EL27-1705 CBR Displacement Transducer. 0 to 50 mm range. For use on CBR Tritest and Multiplex Series Load Frames.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Displacement Transducer

Page 53: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

51

27 Soil Testing - Electronic Instrumentation

Volume Change Transducer

u Reversing valves to increase capacityu Steel case for wall mounting and access to piping u Supplied complete with calibration certificate

The Volume Change Transducer provides continuous measurements of volume change during the triaxial test. The assembly includes a valve to reverse the flow through the unit, providing increased capacity.

Specification

Overall dimensions (l x w x h)

178 x 229 x 368 mm

Maximum pressure 1700 kPa

Excitation 10 V DC

Output 1.25 full range

Capacity 80 ml

Connector 5-Pin DIN type

Weight 4.5 kg

Ordering InformationEL27-1641 Volume Change Transducer

Pressure Transducer

Pressure Transducers are used to measure the cell, pore and back pressures during triaxial testing. Assemblies are supplied complete with a de-airing block, valve, 5-pin DIN plug connector and calibration certificate.

Specifications

Construction Stainless steel

Excitation 10 V DC

Output 143 mV full range

Thread ¼“ BSP

Ordering InformationEL27-1633 Pressure Transducer, 1700 kPa

Digital Pressure Gauge

The Digital Pressure Gauge offers highly accurate pressure measurement and digital readout for ELE triaxial cells.

Ordering InformationEL27-1620 Digital Pressure Gauge,1700 kPa, for ELE Triaxial Cells

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL27-1641 Volume Change Transducer EL27-1620 Digital Pressure Gauge

Page 54: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

52

27 Soil Testing - Electronic Instrumentation

u Windows® compatible programs available for Triaxial, Permeability Consolidation, Direct/ Residual Shear and CBR tests u Automatic Report Generation in accordance with British and ASTM /AASHTO Standards (MS Word required) u Real-time graphical outputs both to screen and printer as required during test u Tests can be performed using SI, Imperial or Metric units u Comprehensive Help screens u Facility to enlarge on-screen transducer readings during test monitoringu AGS (Association of Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental Specialists) file compatibility for electronic exchange of data u 5-slope transducer calibration facility for higher accuracy u Useful built-in calculators (e.g. for determining rates of strain, weights for consolidation, etc)

With the growing demand for automated testing, we offer the DataSystem 7 suite of geotechnical data acquisition, analysis and reporting software providing significant efficiency benefits in high volume testing laboratories.

DataSystem 7 is designed to record, analyse and report test data per British, ASTM and AASHTO Standards, for Quick-undrained Triaxial, CU/CD Triaxial, Permeability in a triaxial cell in accordance with BS 1377, Consolidation, Direct/Residual Shear and CBR tests.

The software runs on a computer connected to the ELE ADU data logger with transducers and has been designed and written for use by engineers and technicians.

Each package is user-friendly and guides the user through the test procedure in accordance with the selected Standard (BS or ASTM/AASHTO). Standard screen layouts present sample details, test stage, menu options and data entry.

The engineer has total control over those areas of analysis where an engineering judgement is required. The test techniques and methods follow generally accepted geotechnical engineering practice.

All test data and reports are automatically filed in a folder structure based on Job Number, Test Type and Sample Number. Files for each test are given a unique name, based on sample ID, date and time. This system allows easy identification of historical test data and ensures that test data will never be accidentally overwritten.

To take full advantage of the extensive reporting facility the package provides, Microsoft Word (Version 97 or later) should be resident on the system. This facility will allow reports to be generated automatically.

The packages of software required are accessed by an activation code, supplied by ELE, allowing the customer to build up a suite of software on an as required basis. Each module is self-contained and can be integrated into the system at any time.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 55: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

53

27 Soil Testing - Electronic Instrumentation

DS7 Geotechnical Software

u Tests are run with step-by-step instructions selectable between BS and ASTM/AASHTO Standards u Automatic Report Generation in accordance with BS and ASTM/AASHTO Standards (MS Word required)u Real-time graphical outputs both to screen and printer as requiredu Compatible with Windows® operating systems from Windows 95 onwards

DS7 Quick Undrained Triaxial Software

u Options for single or multi-stage testing on sample u Mohr circles produced for graphical analyses

Ordering InformationEL27-1750 Quick Undrained Triaxial Software. Options are available for a single test on one sample, standard three-sample procedure with linking of the results, or for a multi-stage test on one sample. Load and strain are monitored through transducers. Various printouts and graphical plots are available including basic sample data, moisture content and density. The program tabulates shearing data and plots stress against strain. Mohr circles are produced for graphical analyses

DS7 CU/CD Effective Stress Triaxial Software

u Complete package for consolidated drained and consolidated undrained triaxial tests

Ordering InformationEL27-1760 CU/CD Effective Stress Triaxial Software. This advanced package includes procedures for consolidated drained and consolidated undrained tests. Standard options are available for saturation, consolidation and shearing with automatic monitoring of the various parameters through transducers linked to the system. Load, strain, volume-change, pore-pressure, cell pressure and back pressure can all be monitored. Various prints and graphical plots are available to the engineer and include saturation data such as pore pressure build-up and B values, consolidation, volume change against time, shearing load versus strain with pore pressure monitoring.

DS7 Permeability in a Triaxial Cell Software

u Comprehensive Help screens includedu Clear test information presented

Ordering InformationEL27-1765 Permeability in a Triaxial Cell Software (BS 1377). This program provides data for the determination of permeability of soil specimens using a triaxial cell and two volume change units in accordance with BS 1377.

DS7 One-dimensional Consolidation Software

u Automatic compensation for frame deformation

Ordering InformationEL27-1770 One-dimensional Consolidation Software. DataSystem Consolidation Software provides all basic functions needed to record and analyse consolidation test data. Options are available for monitoring settlement on a log time or square-root time basis. Printouts and graphical plots are available for all stages including Mvand Cv moisture content, voids ratio plots, and initial sample conditions.

DS7 Direct/Residual Shear Software

u Options for both quick undrained and drained shear tests u Single or Multiple stagesu Automatic compensation for frame deformation

Ordering InformationEL27-1790 Direct/Residual Shear Software. This unique package provides test options for quick undrained or drained shear tests with the user selectable option of residual testing. Individual test results can be linked together to produce the Coulomb Envelope. Printouts and plots are available for sample description and basic test data such as moisture content, etc. Real-time plots of settlement, shear versus displacement and vertical displacement during shearing is readily available via the computer screen or printer.

DS7 CBR Penetration Software

u Two tests can be combined under the summary report for top and base of sample test results

Ordering InformationEL27-1795 CBR Penetration Software. This program provides the classical data for the CBR test. Load and penetration are monitored simultaneously. The program tabulates the results and provides a graphical presentation report.

S 1100 DS7 Software Suite comprising the following programs, Undrained and CU-CD, Triaxial, Permeability, Direct & Residual Shear, CBR and One-dimensional Consolidation tests.

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 56: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

54

27 Soil Testing - Electronic Instrumentation

Transducer Extension Cables

Wired with a 5-pin DIN type plug at one end and a 5-pin DIN type socket at the other, these extension cables are used to increase the length of any ADU/ECU transducer cable.

Ordering InformationEL27-1715 Transducer Extension Cable, 1.5 m long

EL27-1717 Transducer Extension Cable, 3.0 m long

EL27-1719 Transducer Extension Cable, 4.5 m long

ELE Electronic Control Unit (ECU)

u Metric, Imperial, or SI Engineering Unitsu Test stop at transducer limits u Download software supplied as standard u Output for X/Yt plotter

The ELE-ECU is designed to operate with ELE CBR Test 50/Multiplex 50/Marshall Test 50 series testing machines to provide electronic measurement display and test data logging.

When used in conjunction with the CBR Test 50 and Marshall Test 50 series machines the ECU will check and select the correct test mode automatically against the frame type and will not permit an incorrect mode to be selected. The ECU also automatically configures its logging rate per test type to comply with the relevant BS, ASTM or AASHTO Standards.

The Multiplex50/ECU combination is ideal for many laboratories that have requirements for Quick-undrained, Unconsolidated undrained, Unconfined compression, CBR and Marshall testing.

With digital readout and datalogging capabilities, the Multiplex 50/ECU design has unique fool-proof features safeguarding not only the testing equipment, but test integrity and accuracy as well.

Ordering InformationEL27-1200/09 ECU Electronic Control and Readout Unit for use with ELE CBR, Multiplex and Marshall machines. Complete with download software.For 110 – 240 V AC 50 – 60 Hz 1ph.

For details of suitable Load and Displacement Transducers see Section 27 Electronic Instrumentation.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 57: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

55

29 Soil Testing - Bearing Capacity

Bearing Capacity

The design of foundations is a prerequisite of economic design and construction. In order to guard against shear failure and unacceptable ground movements due to loading it is often necessary to determine the ground bearing capacity.

Dynamic Cone Penetrometer

The TRL (Transport Research Laboratory) Dynamic Cone Penetrometer (DCP) is used for rapid in-situ measurement of the structural properties of existing road pavement constructed with unbound materials. The unit incorporates an 8 kg weight with a drop of 575 mm, and a 20 mm diameter cone fitted to the end of the shaft, allowing measurements to be made down to a depth of approximately 850 mm.

Readings are usually taken after a set number of blows, changing the number according to the strength of the layer being penetrated. For good granular bases, readings every five to ten blows are satisfactory, but for weaker sub-base layers and subgrades, readings every one to two blows may be appropriate.

The DCP requires three operators, one to hold the instrument in a vertical position, one to raise the hammer and let it fall and one to record the results. A typical test takes only a few minutes, providing a very efficient method of obtaining information which would otherwise require the excavation of test pits. Where pavement layers have different strengths, boundaries can be identified and layer thickness determined.

Ordering InformationEL29-3720 Dynamic Cone Penetrometer supplied complete with all necessary tools, assembly and operating instructions. Assembled height 1965 mm, assembled weight 20 kg.

SpareEL29-3720/10 Replacement Cone

Pocket Penetrometer

A lightweight device for determining the approximate unconfined compressive strength and the estimation of shear strength, it can also be used to classify cohesive soils in terms of consistency.

The stainless steel plunger is pushed into the soil until the penetration mark is reached. The equivalent unconfined compressive strength of the soil can be read in kgf/cm2 or tons/ft2 from the maximum load indicator provided.

Important: the readings obtained from the pocket penetrometer do not replace laboratory test results due to the fact that a small area penetration test is inherently liable to give misleading results. The instrument should not be used for obtaining foundation design data.

Specification

Dimensions 19 x 162 mm

Range 0.25 to 4.5 kg/cm2

Scale divisions 0.25 kg/cm2

Load piston 6 mm dia, stainless steel

Carrying case Canvas, belt-loop style

Ordering InformationEL29-3729 ELE Pocket Penetrometer. Weight 80 g.

EL29-3729 ELE Pocket Penetrometer

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL29-3720 Dynamic Cone Penetrometer

Page 58: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

56

29 Soil Testing - Bearing Capacity

Plate Bearing Test EquipmentBS1377; EN 1997-3; ASTM D1194, D1195, D1196

Applications include the determination of bearing capacity of the soil in situ, designing for static loads on spread footings, and repetitive and non-repetitive plate loading tests of soils and flexible pavements.

Important: The equipment is used in conjunction with a reaction beam. This is not supplied with the equipment.

Ordering InformationEL29-3800 Plate Bearing Apparatus complete, comprising; Hydraulic Jack 500 kN capacity, Pressure system, datum bar, four x dial gauges 50 mm travel x 0.01 mm divisions and four bearing plates: 150 mm, 305 mm, 455 mm and 760 mm dia.

Specification

Pressure System

Loading jack 500 kN capacity with integral ball seating

Pump Hand operated, single speed with integral oil reservoir

Hose 3 m long. Maximum pressure 70 MPa with quick release couplings

Gauge 100 mm dia with quick release couplings and graphs to convert readings to kN, kgf and lbf

Weights Loading jack 24 kg Pressure system 12.5 kg

Bearing Plates

Manufactured from machined steel plate with a finished thickness exceeding 25 mm. The plate has concentric markings on one face. All plates are supplied with two lifting eyes except for the 150 mm dia plate.

Note: to successfully perform the test, a reaction load is required.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Plate Bearing Test Equipment

Page 59: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

57

29 Soil Testing - In-situ Density

In-situ Density

Many civil engineering projects require the use of fill material. Whenever soil is placed as an engineering fill, it is usually compacted to a dense state, to obtain satisfactory engineering properties. Compaction on site is usually effected by mechanical means such as rolling, ramming or vibrating. Control of compaction is necessary to achieve a satisfactory result at reasonable cost. Laboratory compaction tests provide the basis for control procedures used on site.

Proctor Penetrometer ASTM D1558

This spring-type penetrometer can be used in the field to control soil compaction. The stem is calibrated to 150 lbf x 2 lbf divisions, and a sliding collar indicates the applied load. A rapid estimate of the moisture content of soil can be obtained by comparing the amount of penetration of the needle for a corresponding load, with a laboratory determined moisture/density curve for a similar soil.

Ordering InformationEL29-3925 Proctor Penetrometer (spring type) with stainless steel adaptor stem for larger needles. Supplied with set of needle points. 1, 3/4, 1/2, 1/3, 1/5, /10, /20, 1/30 and 1/40 in2 area (645, 484, 323, 215, 129, 65, 32, 21.5 and 16 mm2) with adaptor for smaller needles. Weight 2.0 kg

EL29-3933 Case. An optional carrying case for the penetrometer and needle points.

Sand Replacement

This equipment is used to determine the dry density of in-situ soils. Apparatus is included which satisfies BS, ASTM and AASHTO specifications.

100 mm Pouring CylinderBS 1377, 1924

Ordering InformationEL29-4000 100 mm Sand Pouring Cylinder. Weight 3 kg.

EL29-4020 100 mm Calibrating Container. 100 mm inside diameter x 150 mm deep with 200 mm diameter rim. Weight 1.8 kg.

EL29-4040 Metal Tray. 300 mm square x 40 mm deep with a 100 mm diameter hole. Weight 1.4 kg.

150 mm Pouring Cylinder

Ordering InformationEL29-4100 150 mm Sand Pouring Cylinder. Weight 7.5 kg.

EL29-4120 150 mm Calibrating Container. 150 mm inside diameter x 150 mm deep with 250 mm diameter rim. Weight 3.6 kg.

EL29-4140 Metal Tray. 300 mm square x 40 mm deep with a 150 mm diameter hole.

200 mm Pouring Cylinder

Ordering InformationEL29-4200 200 mm Sand Pouring Cylinder. Weight 16 kg.

EL29-4220 200 mm Calibrating Container. 200 mm inside diameter x 250 mm deep with a 350 mm diameter rim. Weight 8 kg.

EL29-4240 Metal Tray. 500 mm square x 50 mm deep with a 200 mm diameter hole. Weight 2.7 kg.

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL29-3925 Proctor Penetrometer

Calibrating Container, Sand Pouring Cylinder, Metal Tray

Page 60: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

58

29 Soil Testing - In-situ Density

Sand Cone 6 InchASTM D1556; AASHTO T191

Ordering InformationEL29-4300 Sand Cone 6 inch (152 mm) comprising two cones with a shutter mechanism. Supplied without sand container. Weight 900 g.

EL29-4320 Sand Container. 5 litre capacity for fitting to EL29-4300. Weight 1.4 kg.

EL29-4340 Density Plate for 6 inch sand cone. The plate has a 6.5 inch diameter recessed hole to locate the sand cone. Weight 1.8 kg.

Accessory for sand pouring methods

Standard Sand see EL82-7401

Core-Cutter Apparatus

In this method of determining the dry density of in-situ soil, a core-cutter of known volume is driven into the soil by a rammer. The core-cutter is removed, trimmed and the soil obtained is weighed and dried for a moisture/density check.

100 mm diameter Core-CutterBS 1377

Ordering InformationEL29-5300 Core-Cutter. 100 mm inside diameter x 130 mm long, steel tube. Weight 1 kg.

EL29-5320 Driving Dolly for EL29-5300. Recessed to fit the core cutter. Weight 340 g. EL29-5340 Driving Rammer for use with EL29-5320. Comprises a steel rod, handle and base. Weight 13 kg.

Field Density Tools

Model no. Description Weight

EL29-5000 Density Spoon for removing soil from the hole

110 g

EL29-5020 Soft Headed Mallet 620 g

EL29-5060 Density Chisel, with hardened tip 750 g

EL29-5080 Metal Dibber Tool, for excavating hole

270 g

EL29-5120 Density Hand Pick for excavating in difficult ground

760 g

EL29-5140 Steel Pointed Rod, with wooden handle

250 g

EL29-4300 Sand Cone 6 inch

EL29-5300 Core-Cutter

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 61: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

59

Concrete

What is Concrete?

Concrete is perhaps the most versatile of all construction materials. In its freshly mixed condition it can be poured, pumped and moulded into a variety of forms and shapes, while in its hardened state it can be used for many construction purposes.

The quality of concrete is crucial if structures are to be safe and serve the purpose for which they were designed. Our concrete testing equipment gives you the ability to measure and prove the quality of each batch of material, so that you can ensure the correct application of the key raw materials.

Cement

Cement is a man-made material and can be supplied in many forms, with different cements having specific and often varied properties, such as rapid hardening, sulphate resistance and low heat.

The precise cement content for different batches of concrete will normally be specificed at the time of manufacture; typically, concrete has a cement content of about 250 kg/m3.

Sections 38 and 39 describe test equipment specifically designed for the testing of cement.

Aggregate

By far the greatest proportion by volume of concrete is made up of aggregate. This can be naturally occurring, such as river gravels, or crushed rock from quarrying operations; other materials can also be substituted for aggregate including colliery waste and recycled concrete.

Normally, coarse and fine aggregates are used in the proportions of approximately 70:30.

Section 42 describes test equipment suitable for the testing of concrete aggregates.

Water

Water reacts with cement and allows the necessary hydration and hardening process to proceed. The quality of water is not generally critical providing it is clean and free from impurities and high silt content. The quantity of water added does, however, have a major effect on the quality and strength of the concrete.

Test equipment designed to determine the effect of water on fresh concrete is described in Section 34.

34 Fresh and Hardened Concrete Testing 35 Non-Destructive Testing of Hardened Concrete 36 Compression Machines 37 Compression Machine Accessories

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 62: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

60

34 Concrete - Fresh and Hardened Concrete Testing

Sampling, Consistency and Workability

The correct sampling and mixing of fresh concrete is important if test results are to be reliable. Most of the equipment necessary for efficient sampling and mixing is standard laboratory equipment detailed in the Laboratory Equipment section of this catalogue.

To ensure that concrete achieves its maximum possible strength and yet retains its ease of placing on site, it is essential that the design of the concrete mix, in relation to the water-cement ratio and workability, is closely controlled.

Slump TestEN 12350-2; ASTM C143; AASHTO T119

u Test is appropriate for concrete mixes of medium and high workability

The test is carried out by filling the slump cone with freshly mixed concrete, which is tamped with a steel rod in three layers. The concrete is levelled off with the top of the slump cone, the cone removed, and the slump of the sample is immediately measured.

Ordering InformationEL34-0110 Slump Cone complying with EN 12350-2, ASTM C143 and AASHTO T119

EL34-0130 Tamping Rod. Steel, 600 mm long x 16 mm dia, hemispherical at both ends

EL34-0140 Steel Rule

EL34-0160 Base Plate

EL34-0180 Slump Cone Funnel

EL34-0192 Slump Test Set. BS and ASTM comprising slump cone, base plate, steel rule, tamping rod and funnel.

AccessoryScoop see EL81-0220

K-slump Tester

Developed to determine the workability of fresh concrete and the degree of concrete compaction placed in formwork. The apparatus can be used for in-place measurements of concrete in test moulds and forms and may be correlated to the standard slump test. It is simple, economical to use and reduces testing time. No special calibration is required.

Ordering InformationEL34-0580 K-slump Tester. Weight 450 g.

EL34-0110 Slump Cone

EL34-0580 K-slump Tester

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 63: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

61

34 Concrete - Fresh and Hardened Concrete Testing

Vebe TimeBS EN 12350-3

u Test appropriate for concrete mixes of low and very low workability

This method is a mechanised variation of the slump test and includes a determination of the workability of concrete. It is based on the principle of subjecting the concrete to vibration after removal of the slump cone. The assembly is mounted upon a small vibrating table operating at a fixed amplitude and frequency. The time to complete the required vibration gives an indication of the concrete workability.

Special Note: The consistometer must be operated from an electrical supply of 50 Hz in order to comply with the fixed test frequency specified.

Ordering InformationEL34-0300/01 Vibro Consistometer comprising vibrating table, container, slump cone, graduated rod and plate. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

Flow TableBS EN 12350-5

u Test appropriate for concrete mixes of high and very high workability

This test will be of interest to those involved with concrete having a high workability. The test determines the flow index as an arithmetic mean of the diameter of the specimen after working on a flow table.

The apparatus consists of a mould, flow table, wooden tamper, metre rule and a float.

Ordering InformationEL34-0450 Apparatus for Determining Flow in Concrete comprising mould, flow table, tamper, metre rule, float and stopwatch.

Setting Time by Penetration ResistanceASTM C403; AASHTO T197

This method covers the determination of setting time of the mortar fraction of concrete mixes and is only suitable on mortars with slump values greater than zero. The definition of the initial and final setting time is taken as the period from when water was first added to the mix until the measured penetration resistance is 500 lbf/in2

and 4000 lbf/in2 respectively.

Ordering InformationEL34-0810 Set of Needle Points. Stainless steel, 1, 1/2, 1/4, /10, 1/20 and 1/40 in2 area (645, 323, 161, 65, 32 and 16 mm2) with stainless steel adaptor for the smaller needles. Weight 160 g.

Proctor Penetrometer supplied without needle points see EL29-3925

Syringe for removing excess liquid from concrete specimen see EL82-2820

Concrete Mortar Penetrometer see EL38-2695

EL34-0450 Apparatus for Determining Flow in Concrete

EL34-0300/01 Vibro Consistometer

EL34-0810 Set of Needle Points

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 64: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

62

34 Concrete - Fresh and Hardened Concrete Testing

Air Entrainment

The determination of air content of freshly made concrete is detailed in EN 123450 and ASTM C236, where the importance of two main applications is highlighted. The primary purpose of entraining air in concrete is to give the required resistance to weathering. The use of chemical additives to increase the workability of concrete often requires an air content check to be made.

Precision Air Entrainment MeterEN 12350-7; ASTM C231

u 7 litre capacityu Shock-proof pressure gauge mountingu Lightweight aluminum construction u Heavy-duty plastic carrying case for easy transport to site

The proper control of entrained air in concrete is recognized as one of the most important functions in modern concrete manufacture. For the concrete engineer, the ELE Precision Air Entrainment Meter offers an instrument for the testing and designing of concrete mixes.

The instrument is designed so that the operating parts form an integral unit. The container is rigid, thus providing an accurate device for the performance of unit weight testing. For convenience, the tare weight in grams is stamped on the bottom. When used with the supplied nomograph, the air meter provides quick and easy particle density and percent of free moisture in aggregate determinations.

The meter has a multi-range feature to accurately measure entrained air up to 22%.

The ELE Precision Air Entrainment Meter is supplied complete with straight edge, syringe and carrying case.

Specification

Dimensions 248 x 345 mm (diameter x height)

Capacity 7 litres

Readings Up to 22% entrained air

Accuracy ± 0.25% full scale

Aggregate size 50 mm maximum

Container With tare weight stamped on bottom; 2-piece clamping device for positive seal

Pressure gauge In shock-proof mounting

Weight 8.0 kg

Ordering InformationEL34-3265 Precision Air Entrainment Meter, Type B

AccessoriesTamping Rod. Steel, 600 mm x 16 mm (length x diameter), see EL34-0130.

EL34-2910 Compacting Bar. Steel, 380 x 25 mm (length x square) tamping area, EN/BS. Weight 1.8 kg.

EL34-3265 Precision Air Entrainment Meter

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 65: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

63

34 Concrete - Fresh and Hardened Concrete Testing

Mixing Equipment

The efficient mixing of concrete prior to moulding specimens in the laboratory for subsequent testing is essential if quality specimens are to be manufactured. The object of mixing is to coat the surface of all aggregate particles with cement paste, and bring the mix to a uniform condition. Pan or rotating drum mixers are suitable for the mixing of small quantities of concrete, which are generally used in a laboratory.

ELE Concrete Mixer

u Portable and compact u Tipping mechanismu Adjustable blades u Simple to clean and maintain

It is essential that the mixing of fresh concrete for laboratory test samples is thorough and consistent. The ELE Concrete Mixer is ideally suited for this purpose. The mixer has been developed to give efficient mixing of both wet and dry materials. The mixing pan is removable and tilts for easy access to the pan and emptying on completion of the mixing operation. It is rotated by a turntable driven by a 1500 W, IP55 protected electric motor.

The mixer head lifts clear to provide maximum access to the pan and holds the mixing blades at a constant depth during the mixing operation. The blades are readily adjusted to suit the different types and volume of materials to be mixed.

Ordering InformationEL34-3540/01 ELE Concrete Mixer. 56/40 litre capacity. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph. Weight 245 kg.

Special Note: requires separate 20 A fused supply.

Tilting Drum Mixer

Ordering InformationEL34-3590/01 Tilting Drum Mixer. 120/90 litre mixing capacity. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

EL34-3540/01 ELE Concrete Mixer

EL34-3590/01 Tilting Drum Mixer

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 66: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

64

34 Concrete - Fresh and Hardened Concrete Testing

Moulding Equipment

Test procedures require that specimens are cast in a number of standard sizes convenient for compressive and flexural strength determination. The engineering tolerances specified for moulds are very stringent and the internal finish of the surface must be of a high order to comply with the recommendations laid down in many International Standards. Moulds must not deform during manufacture of concrete specimens if the specimen dimensions are to be maintained.

4-Part Cube MouldsEN 12390-1, -2

Ordering InformationEL34-4520 100 mm Cube Mould. 4-part with clamp attached base plate. Weight 8.5 kg.

EL34-4570 150 mm Cube Mould. 4-part with clamp attached base plate. Weight 18 kg.

EL34-4620 200 mm Cube Mould. 4-part with clamp attached base plate. Weight 35 kg.

Beam MouldsEN 12390-1, -2

These beam moulds are designed to produce accurate specimens while avoiding distortion over the length of the mould.

Ordering InformationEL34-5003 Beam Mould. 100 x 100 x 500 mm complete with base plate. Weight 29 kg.

EL34-5053 Beam Mould. 150 x 150 x 750 mm complete with base plate. Weight 45 kg.

Cylinder MouldsEN 12390-1, -2

These beam moulds are designed to produce accurate specimens while avoiding distortion over the length of the mould.

Ordering InformationEL34-5210 Cylinder Mould. 100 mm diameter x 200 mm long, complete with base plate. Weight 16 kg.

EL34-5230 Cylinder Mould. 150 mm diameter x 150 mm long, complete with base plate. Weight 14 kg.

EL34-5260 Cylinder Mould. 150 mm diameter x 300 mm long, complete with base plate and locking ring. Weight 12 kg.

Accessories For All MouldsTamping Rod for tamping specimens to ASTM requirements see EL34-0130.

Compacting Bar for tamping specimens to EN requirements see EL34-2910.

Wire Brush see EL81-0705

Mould Oil see EL82-7341

Cylinder Mould

4-Part Cube Mould

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 67: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

65

34 Concrete - Fresh and Hardened Concrete Testing

Compaction

The strength, durability and finish of concrete rely in part on the adequate compaction of the mix. An increasing number of contract specifications call for various forms of vibro-compacted concrete as a means to achieve a better and more consistent mixture. It should however be remembered that fluid mixes may segregate when vibrated in which case it may be more appropriate to compact using a tamping bar or rod during laboratory mix design.

The ELE vibrating table is a compact unit providing controlled vibro-compaction in the laboratory, using cube or cylinder moulding equipment.

Vibrating TableEN 12350-6, -7, 12390-2, 13286-50, 1354

Vibrating table mounted on a steel stand, supplied with clamp assembly.

Specification EL34-6250/01

Dimensions (table top) 600 x 400 mm

Maximum no. cube moulds 2 x 150 mm2

Clamp assembly Single

Weight 60 kg

Ordering InformationEL34-6250/01 Vibrating Table. 3000 cycles per minute. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

AccessoriesCompacting Bar, EN see EL34-2910

Tamping Rod for ASTM tests see EL34-0130

Vibrating PokerEN 12390-2 12350-6, -7

u High amplitude and speed u Flexible shaft for long life

Used as an internal means of vibratory compaction. The poker is inserted into the concrete which is then compacted by the high frequency vibration action.

For use in either laboratory or site environments, the diameter of the vibrating tip must not exceed 25% of the smallest dimension of the specimen.

Specification EL34-6431/01

Dimensions Tip 22mm dia. x 250 mm long

Shaft 2.0 m long

Speed 12,000 vibrations/min.

Overall dimensions 200 x 300 x 350 mm

Weight 7.0 kg

Ordering InformationEL34-6431/01 Vibrating Poker. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

EL34-6250/01 Vibrating Table

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL34-6431/01 Vibrating Poker

Page 68: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

66

34 Concrete - Fresh and Hardened Concrete Testing

Curing of Specimens

The correct environment for curing concrete test specimens is important to achieve consistent and reproducible test results. Two primary factors must be taken into consideration to satisfy the requirements, namely to maintain a stable temperature and to prevent loss of moisture from the specimen.

A standard curing temperature of 20ºC is usually specified and should be maintained at the required degree of accuracy. The use of water to prevent loss of moisture is the method most commonly used. In tropical climates a curing temperature of 25ºC is often acceptable.

Large Curing TankEN 12390-2, ASTM C31, C192, AASHTO T23

This curing tank is supplied complete with a submersible pump, immersion heater/thermostat unit and separate control panel. The tank includes a lower rack as standard and is designed to maintain the temperature at 20 ± 2ºC, providing that the ambient temperature does not fall below 15ºC or rise above 20ºC.

Specification

Internal dimensions 1040 x 1040 x 605 mm (l x w x h)

Capacity 650 litres

Rated power 2000 watt

Weight 60 kg

Ordering InformationEL34-6575/01 Large Curing Tank supplied as specified. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

EL34-6575/01 Large Curing Tank

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 69: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

67

34 Concrete - Fresh and Hardened Concrete Testing

Capping of Cylinders

When conducting a compressive strength test on a concrete cylinder it is important that the ends of the specimen are flat and parallel to each other. The trowelled face of a prepared concrete cylinder, or both ends of a concrete core, will require treatment to obtain these conditions.

Sulphur Compound MethodEN 12390-3

The sulphur compound method is a hot process and offers a considerable saving in time and labour over the mortar capping method. The method is virtually instant and the compound can often be recovered for further use.

Warning: The sulphur compound, when hot, will give off sulphur fumes, and therefore it is important that good ventilation, or preferably a fume cupboard, is available in the laboratory.

Ordering InformationEL34-6031 Cylinder Capping Frame comprising a vertical support, mounted on a steel base designed to accommodate both sizes of capping plates. Supplied complete with 100 mm and 150 mm capping plates. Weight 10 kg.

AccessoriesEL34-6100 Flake Capping Compound supplied in 22 kg box.

Melting Pot

This unit is suitable for melting wax and capping compound and comprises a metal container in a well-lagged steel jacket. A thermostatic control and stand-by heat switch are fitted. Supplied complete with lift-off cover.

Specification

Dimensions (diameter x depth)

Internal 140 x 150 mm External 250 x 165 mm

Capacity 4.0 litres

Rated power 300 watt

Temperature range 50 to 300ºC

Weight 7 kg

Ordering InformationEL34-6122/01 Melting Pot for 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

EL34-6031 Cylinder Capping Frame

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL34-6122/01 Melting Pot

Page 70: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

68

34 Concrete - Fresh and Hardened Concrete Testing

Density of Fresh and Hardened Concrete

The density of both fresh and hardened concrete is of interest to the engineer for numerous reasons including its effect on durability, strength and resistance to permeability.

Hardened concrete density is determined either by simple dimensional checks, followed by weighing and calculation, or by weight in air/water buoyancy methods.

Density of Hardened Concrete EN 12390-7, 1097-6

The density of hardened concrete specimens such as cubes and cylinders can be quickly and accurately determined using a Buoyancy Balance.

Buoyancy Balance

The buoyancy balance system developed by ELE consists of a rigid support frame, incorporating a water tank mounted on a platform. The water tank has internal dimensions of 380 x 240 x 280 mm (l x w x h).

A mechanical lifting device is used to raise the water tank through the frame height immersing the specimen suspended below the balance. The balance supplied calculates the specific gravity of the sample automatically.

The balance may also be used as a standard weighing device, thus providing a versatile and comprehensive weighing system in the laboratory.

Ordering InformationEL34-8100/09 Buoyancy Balance. 15 kg x 0.5 g. Supplied with frame, water tank and suspension hook.For 110 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

AccessoryEL34-8105 Cradle for supporting cube and cylinders.

Density of Compacted Fresh ConcreteBS 812; EN 1097-3, 12350-6; ASTM C138

Bulk Density Measures

Manufactured from heavy gauge steel these bulk density measures comply with the requirements of either BS 812, EN 1097-3, 12350-6 or ASTM C138. All measures incorporate carrying handles as standard.

Ordering InformationEL34-2800 Set of 3 Bulk Density Measures comprising, 1 x 30 litre, 1 x 15 litre and 1 x 10 litre.

For other bulk density measures see Section 42.

AccessoriesCompacting Bar for BS/EN tests see EL34-2910

Tamping Rod for ASTM tests see EL34-0130

EL34-8100/09 Buoyancy Balance

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL34-8105 Cradle

Page 71: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

69

34 Concrete - Fresh and Hardened Concrete Testing

Drying, Shrinkage and Moisture Movement

The apparatus has been designed and manufactured to the recommendations laid down in BS, EN and ASTM standards where tests are required on laboratory specimens, or on specimens taken from existing structures. The test procedure specifies a method for determining the change in length of a concrete or mortar sample brought about by a change in moisture content.

1 Initial drying shrinkage: the difference between the length of a moulded and cured specimen (under specified conditions), and its final (constant) length when dried.

2 Drying shrinkage: the difference between the length of a matured specimen cut from concrete and saturated, and its final (constant) length when dried.

3 Moisture movement: the difference between the constant length of a specimen when dried, and its length when subsequently saturated with water.

Measuring EquipmentEN 1367-4; ASTM C490

Ordering InformationEL34-8500 Drying, Shrinkage and Moisture Movement Apparatus conforming to the requirements of EN 1367-4 and ASTM C490 comprising a steel frame with an adjustable-height beam and a dial gauge with 0.002 mm divisions. Supplied with two calibration rods EN and ASTM. Weight 4.5 kg.

SpareEL34-8505/10 Calibration Rod. 115/8 inch total length.

Prism Moulds and Inserts

Ordering InformationEL34-8538 Prism Mould for producing specimens 75 mm square x 254 mm gauge length to BS 812-123. The mould is made of steel and constructed so that the gauge length can be set within ± 2.54 mm limits. The overall length of the manufactured prism with steel inserts is 292 mm. Weight 6.5 kg.

EL34-8541 Steel Inserts for use with prism mould EL34-8538. Supplied in pack of 10. Weight 500 g.

EL34-8544 Two-gang Prism Mould to produce specimens 1 inch square x 11¼ inches long to ASTM C490. The mould is constructed so that the gauge length can be set within ± 0.1 inch limits. Weight 3 kg.

EL34-8547 Inserts for use with prism mould EL34-8544. Supplied in pack of 10. Weight 700 g.

Humidity Oven see EL39-1300/01

Prism Mould

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL34-8500 Drying, Shrinkage and Mooisture Movement Apparatus

EL34-8544 Two-gang Prism Mould

Page 72: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

70

35 Concrete - Non-Destructive Testing of Hardened Concrete

Surface Hardness

Surface hardness is used to measure the resistance of concrete to impact or penetration. From the measurements it is possible to obtain an estimation of the concrete strength and quality. Concrete Test Hammer EN 12504-2; ASTM C805

The method is based on the principle that the rebound of an elastic mass depends on the hardness of the surface which it strikes. The test is fast and is unlikely to cause damage to the concrete.

Ordering InformationEL35-1480 Concrete Test Hammer, Normal. The hammer is intended for testing the quality of concrete in finished structures such as buildings and bridges. Supplied complete with carrying case and carborundum stone, the hammer is suitable for testing concrete with compressive strengths of 10 to 70 N/mm2. Weight 1.4 kg.

Testing Anvil

The anvil is used to enable routine checks to be made on the operation of EL35-1480 hammer.

Ordering InformationEL35-1530 Testing Anvil. Weight 16 kg.

EL35-1530 Testing Anvil

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL35-1480 Concrete Test Hammer

Page 73: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

35 Concrete - Non-Destructive Testing of Hardened Concrete

71

35 Concrete - Non-Destructive Testing of Hardened Concrete

Pulse Velocity Measurement

The basic principle of this method of testing is that the velocity of an ultrasonic pulse through concrete is related to its density and elastic properties. Some care is necessary when testing, but an experienced operator may obtain a considerable amount of information about a concrete member. The advantage of this method is that the pulse passes through the complete thickness of the concrete so that the significant defects can be detected. Applications

u The measurement of concrete uniformity u Determination of the presence or absence of voids, cracks and other imperfections u Deterioration of the concrete which might have occurred due to age or through the action of fire, frost or chemical attack u Measurement of layer thickness and elastic modulus u Determination and monitoring of concrete strength PunditBS 1881-203, EN 12504-4; ASTM C597

u Non-destructive strength testingu Crack and void detection u Measurement of layer thickness and elastic modulus u Uniformity and deterioration of concrete

The Pundit is a fully portable instrument for assessing the quality of concrete either in-situ or pre-cast, and complies with BS 1881-203, EN 12504-4 and ASTM C597.

It has been designed with site testing particularly in mind and is simple to operate, with a high order of accuracy and stability.

The majority of concrete testing will require transducers with a frequency of 54 kHz.

As standard, the unit is supplied with Windows®

compatible software, enabling test results to be downloaded to PC. Data is presented in Excel (this needs to be resident on the PC).

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h)

160 x 250 x 100 mm

Time measurement

0.1 to 999.9 m sec

Ranges 0.1 to 999.9 m sec 1 to 9999 m sec

Accuracy ± 0.1 m sec

Transmitter, pulse 1.2 k V, 500 V or 250 V, 1.5 m sec

Power supply Battery: Ni-Cad rechargeable Mains: 110 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph

Display 128 x 128 dot LCD with back lighting

Weight 8.2 kg

Ordering InformationEL35-2301/09 Pundit Plus Ultrasonic Concrete Tester complete with two 54 kHz transducers each with 3.6 metres of cable, coupling agent, carrying case and instruction manual. Weight 8.2 kg. For 110 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

SpareEL35-2305 Coupling Agent. Thick grade.

EL35-2301/09 Pundit Plus Ultrasonic Concrete Tester

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 74: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

72

35 Concrete - Non-Destructive Testing of Hardened Concrete

Crack Detection Microscope

Specifically designed for measuring crack width in concrete, this high definition microscope operates via an adjustable light source provided by high power batteries. Supplied in a pocket sized carrying case.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 40 x 90 x 150 mm (in case)

Magnification x 40

Measuring range 4 mm, 0.02 mm divs

Weight 550 g

Ordering InformationEL35-2505 Crack Detection Microscope

In-situ Water Permeability of Concrete

The Water Permeability Test Kit is a portable unit capable of measuring in-situ permeability. It has a dual measuring range of 0 – 1.5 bar or 0 – 6 bar.

Consisting of a sealed water reservoir and all necessary attachments, the unit is supplied complete in a carrying case. Dimensions 460 x 310 x 100 mm ( l x w x h).

Ordering InformationEL35-4043 Permeability Test Kit. Weight 3 kg.

EL35-2505 Crack Detection Microscope

EL35-4043 Permeability Test Kit

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 75: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

35 Concrete - Non-Destructive Testing of Hardened Concrete

73

36 Concrete - Compression Machines

Compact 1500 Compression Machine

u 1560 kN/350 000 lbf capacity u Calibration accuracy to BS EN ISO 7500-1; ASTM E4; u Efficient hydraulic power packsu Economic machines ideal for site use

The Compact 1500 range of compression machines has been designed to meet the need for a simple, economic and reliable means of testing concrete.

Specimen CapacityThe dimensions of the frame allow the testing of cylinders up to 320 mm long x 160 mm diameter, and cubes 150 or 100 mm square. Kerbs and flagstones may also be tested on the ADR machine as well as 150 mm and 100 mm square section beams to ASTM C78, using the optional 100 kN flexural frames which are connected to the power pack.

Load Indication The ADR digital readout is a microprocessor controlled instrument, which is fitted as standard to all digital machines in the range. Load can be displayed in kN, lbf or kgf as selected by the operator.

ADR 1500 with Beam Testing Frame

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 76: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

36 Concrete - Compression Machines

ADR Digital Cube/Cylinder Testing Machines

u Tests 150 and 100 mm cubes, or cylinders up to 320 x 160 mm diameter u ADR digital readout in kN/lbf/kgf u Supplied with Windows® download software as standard

Fitted with the ADR digital readout, a technologically advanced microprocessor controlled instrument which is fully described in Section 37, the machines allow either cubes or cylinders to be tested in compression, and using optional flexural frames and accessories, concrete beams. The machines are supplied fitted for cylinder testing and are complete with motorised power pack and safety gates. When used for cube testing appropriate distance pieces must be ordered separately according to the size of specimen.

Ordering InformationEL36-0716/01 ADR 1500 Compression Machine. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Accessories

Flexural Frames see Section 37

Printer see EL37-4859/01

ADR Digital Readout Specification see EL37-4855/09

Specification ADR Machine

ADR machines - Overall dimensions (l x w x h)

430 x 600 x 1035 mm

Maximum vertical clearance of platens

340 mm

Horizontal clearance 295 mm

Upper and lower platen dimensions

222 mm diameter

Maximum ram travel 50 mm

Rated power 1350 W

Weight 350 kg

EL36-0716/01 ADR 1500 Compression Machine

74

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL37-4855/09 ADR Digital Readout Specification

Page 77: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

36 Concrete - Compression Machines

ADR 2000 and 3000 Compression Machines

u 2000 kN/450 000 lbf and 3000 kN/675 000 lbf capacity u Three machine options u Machines to meet the requirements of EN 12390-3, -4, -5, 12504-1, 1354, 1521, 3161, 1338, 772-6, 13286-41 BS 3892-3, 187, 6717,u All machines calibrated to BS EN ISO 7500-1; ASTM E4; u ADR advanced digital readout u High stability load frame u Efficient hydraulic power pack

The ADR range of 2000 kN and 3000 kN capacity compression machines has been designed to meet the need for reliable and consistent testing.

The load frame is a welded steel fabrication carrying the ball-seated upper platen. Positively located on the loading ram, which is protected from debris by a flexible cover, the lower platen is marked for the centring of cube and cylinder specimens. Self-centring lower platens for cube location are supplied as standard on EN machines and are available as an optional extra on the standard machine.

The two machines for cube testing to EN standards are assembled and aligned using a special compression frame stability tester.

Specimen CapacityThe dimensions of the frame allow the testing of concrete cylinders up to 320 mm long x 160 mm diameter, 150 and 100 mm square cubes, and on EN/BS machines, 200 mm square cubes. Kerbs and flagstones may also be tested on ADR machines as well as 150 mm and 100 mm square section beams to ASTM C78 using the optional 100 kN flexural frames which are connected to the power pack.

Load Indication The ADR advanced digital readout satisfies BS EN ISO 7500-1, ASTM E4, for calibrated accuracy and repeatability.

75

36 Concrete - Compression Machines

EL36-3086/01 ADR 2000 Standard Compression Machine

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL36-3276 ADR 2000 EN Compression Machine

Page 78: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

76

36 Concrete - Compression Machines

Standard Cube/Cylinder Testing Machines

u 2000 kN/450 000 lbf capacity u Tests 150 and 100 mm concrete cubes or cylinders up to 320 x 160 mm diameter u Supplied with Windows® download software as standard

Incorporating the ADR digital readout, the machines are designed to test cubes and cylinders in accordance with most International Standards. Supplied fitted for cylinder testing with safety gates. When used for cube testing appropriate distance pieces according to the size of specimen to be tested are required and must be ordered separately.

Ordering InformationEL36-3086/01 ADR 2000 Standard Compression Machine. 2000 kN capacity. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

EN Compression Testing Machines

u 2000 kN and 3000 kN capacity u Machines to meet the requirements of EN 2390-3, -4, -5, 12504-1, 1354, 1521, 3161, 1338, 772-6, 13286-41 BS 3892-3, 187, 6717, u Tests 200, 150 and 100 mm concrete cubes and cylinders up to 320 x 160 mm diameter u Load pacing facility fitted as standard u Platen handling systems available which include BS 6073-1, EN 772-1 specification rectangular platensu Supplied with Windows® download software

Incorporating the ADR digital readout the machines are specifically designed to meet the EN Standard specification. Supplied as standard with a self-centring lower platen and safety gates fitted with interlock switches.Appropriate EN distance pieces according to the size of specimen to be tested are required and must be ordered separately.

Ordering InformationEL36-3276/01 ADR 2000 EN Compression Machine. 2000 kN capacity. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

EL36-3311/01 ADR 3000 EN Compression Machine. 3000 kN capacity, with digital readout and rapid approach pump. 220–240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Accessories for standard and EN machines

Distance Pieces see Section 37

Rectangular Platens see Section 37

Flexural Frames see Section 37

Printer see EL37-4859/01

ADR Digital Readout Specification see EL37-4855/09

Specification

ADR Machine ADR 2000 Standard ADR 2000 EN ADR 3000 EN

Overall dimensions (l x w x h) 410 x 630 x 1195 mm 450 x 780 x 1225 mm 630 x 820 x 1265 mm

Maximum vertical clearance 340 mm 340 mm 340 mm

Maximum horizontal clearance 320 mm 355 mm 310 mm

Upper platen dimensions 222 mm diameter 300 mm diameter 300 mm diameter

Lower platen dimensions 222 mm diameter 220 mm square 220 mm square

Maximum ram travel 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm

Rated power 1350 W 1350 W 1350 W

Weight 595 kg 875 kg 1360 kg

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL36-3086/01 ADR 2000 Standard Compression Machine

Page 79: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

36 Concrete - Compression Machines

The ADR-Auto Range

u Machines to meet the requirements of EN 12390-3, -4, -5, 12504-1, 1354, 1521, 3161, 1338, 772-6, 13286-41 BS 3892-3, 187, 6717u Alpha-numeric keypad for data entry u Calibration accuracy to BS EN ISO 7500-1; ASTM E4u Automatic loading cycle u On-board memory for 500 test resultsu Wide range of accessories

The ADR-Auto Range of machines has been developed to satisfy the requirements for consistent high throughput testing of concrete samples.

These machines are ideally suited for on-site quality control and production laboratories.

The automatic loading cycle is controlled by the closed-loop microprocessor hydraulic system incorporated in the control console supplied with the loading frame.

Operation is straightforward, requiring the operator to depress the ‘RUN’ key after selecting sample size and loading rate. Standard data for a wide range of samples i.e. size, type, load rate, are programmed into the machine memory.

Available in 2000 kN capacity the machines accept all standard accessories and flexural frames detailed in Section 37.

All control functions including alpha-numeric keypad and display are built into the hydraulic control console. The micro-processor software provides a series of self-test routines to check the operation of the system. A serial output port is built into the system enabling test data stored in memory to be downloaded to a PC or suitable printer. Windows® based download software is supplied as standard on all ELE digital machines.

Test procedures can be selected and displayed in kN, lbf or kgf engineering units.

Micro-processor Control Specification

Measurement units Accuracy

kN, lbf or kgf – selectable Better than ± 1% over calibrated range

Display Backlit LCD 105 x 31 mm (w x h)

Maximum load Held until reset

Output Serial RS 232C

ADR-Auto 2000 Standard

u 2000 kN capacityu Tests 150 and 100 mm cubes and cylinders up to 320 x 160 mm diameter u Options to test and concrete beams to ASTM C78 u Supplied with Windows download software as standard

ADR-Auto 2000 supplied complete with safety gates ready for testing 300 x 150 mm diameter cylinders. When used for cube testing distance pieces of the appropriate size must be ordered separately.

Ordering InformationEL36-4120 series ADR-Auto 2000 Standard Compression Machine

EL36-4120/01 for 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

EL36-4120/02 for 110 – 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 1 ph.

77

36 Concrete - Compression Machines

EL36-4120 series ADR-Auto 2000 Standard Compression Machine

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 80: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

78

36 Concrete - Compression Machines

ADR-Auto 2000 and 3000 EN

u 2000 and 3000 kN capacityu Optional platen handling systems which include BS 6073-1, EN 772-1 specification rectangular platens u Machines to meet the requirements of EN 12390-3, -4, -5, 12504-1, 1354, 1521, 3161, 1338, 772-6, 13286-41 BS 3892-3, 187, 6717u Tests 200, 150 and 100 mm cubes and cylinders up to 320 x 160 mm diameter u Supplied with Windows® download software as standard

ADR-Auto 2000 and ADR-Auto 3000 are supplied complete with self-centring lower platen and safety gates fitted with interlock switches ready for testing 300 x 150 mm diameter cylinders. When used for cube testing, distance pieces (EN) of the appropriate size must be ordered separately.

Ordering InformationEL36-4140/01 ADR-Auto 2000 EN Compression Machine for 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

EL36-4140/06 ADR-Auto 2000 EN Compression Machine for 220 – 240 V AC, 60 Hz, 1 ph.

EL36-4160/01 ADR-Auto 3000 EN Compression Machine for 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

Accessories for ADR-Auto Range Distance Pieces see Section 37

Flexural Frames see Section 37

Printer see EL37-4859/01

Platen Handling Systems see EL37-4830 and EL37- 4832

Specifications of machines without Platen Handling Assemblies

Machine ADR-Auto 2000 Standard ADR-Auto 2000 EN ADR-Auto 3000 EN

Overall dimensions (l x w x h) 480 x 765 x 1050 mm 480 x 810 x 1125 mm 630 x 910 x 1255 mm

Max. vertical clearance 340 mm 340 mm 340 mm

Max. horizontal clearance 325 mm 355 mm 310 mm

Upper platen dimensions 222 mm diameter 300 mm diameter 300 mm diameter

Lower platen dimensions 222 mm diameter 220 mm square 220 mm square

Maximum ram travel 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm

Rated power 1600 W 1600 W 1600 W

Weight 860 kg 950 kg 1420 kg

EL36-4140/01 ADR-Auto 2000 EN Compression Machine

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 81: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

36 Concrete - Compression Machines

EN Standard Testing Machine

u 2000/250 kN capacityu Meets requirements of EN 12390-3, -4, -12504-1, 1354, 1521, 13161, 1338 772-1, -6, 13286-41 196- 1 459-2. BS 3892-3, 187u Concrete and cement specimens u Tests 200, 150, 100, 70.7, 50 and 40 mm cubes and cylinders up to 320 x 160 mm diameter u Calibration accuracy and repeatability conforms to BS EN ISO 7500-1; ASTM E4 u Supplied with Windows® download software as standard

Designed to provide comprehensive test facilities, this twin-frame compression machine is controlled by the automatic console. The 2000 kN capacity frame meets the requirements of EN Standards and accepts the range of on-board accessories detailed in Section 37.

As the second outlet control port is connected to the 250 kN load frame, attachment of a flexural frame is not possible. The 250 kN frame is supplied complete with compression jig, 40 mm, 50 mm/2.0 inch square platens and meets the requirements of EN 196-1.

When selecting the frame to be used for testing the automatic changeover valve incorporated in the system delivers the hydraulic fluid to that frame.

Ordering InformationEL36-4145/01 ADR-Auto 2000/250 kN EN Compression Machine. 2000 kN frame complete with digital control console and safety gates. 250 kN frame complete with compression jig assembly and 40 mm, 50mm/2.0 inch square platens. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1ph.

AccessoriesDistance Pieces see Section 37

Printer see EL37-4859/01 EL37-4830 Platen Handling System complete with rectangular platens

79

36 Concrete - Compression Machines

Specification

Load Frame 250 kN 2000 kN

Overall dimensions (l x w x h) Load frameControl console

520 x 500 x 1215 mm-

430 x 430 x 1050 mm520 x 430 x 1255 mm

Max vertical clearance (platens removed) 230 mm 340 mm

Max horizontal clearance 225 mm 355 mm

Upper platen 150 mm dia 300 mm dia

Lower platen 150 mm dia 220 x 220 mm

Maximum ram travel 15 mm 50 mm

Rated power - 1600 W

Weight (total) - 1460 kg

EL36-4145/01 ADR-Auto 2000/250 kN EN Compression Machine

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 82: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

80

36 Concrete - Compression Machines

1000 kN Compression/500 kN Tension Machine

u Compression testing of concrete cubes and cylindersu Calibration in compression is accurate to 1% of indicated load, satisfying BS EN ISO 7500-1; ASTM E4 u Self-aligning upper platen for compression tests u Easily fitted grips for tension testing

The load frame is of high quality steel construction with a fixed upper head carrying a ball-seated platen. The ram carrying the lower platen is contained in the base of the frame and is protected by a shroud. Sufficient clearance between the platens allows the compression testing of concrete cylinders up to 160 mm diameter by 320 mm long. To allow for the compression testing of concrete cubes, a range of distance pieces is available, see Section 37.

Tension tests on steel reinforcing bars are conducted by replacing the platens with special grips. As standard the machine is supplied with the following size grips for testing bars, 10 mm, 12 mm, 20 mm, and 25 mm diameter.

The machine is motorised, incorporating a change-over lever to select either compression or tension output from the pump.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 440 x 600 x 1250 mm

Max. vertical clearance with compression platens

340 mm

Max. horizontal clearance 230 mm

Upper platen diameter 220 mm

Gauge diameter 250 mm

Maximum ram travel 100 mm

Rated power 1350 W

Weight 455 kg Ordering InformationEL36-1410/01 1000/500 kN Motorised Compression/Tension Machine supplied with grips as specified and pack of wax crayons to lubricate grips. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

EL36-1410/01 1000/500 kN Motorised Compression/Tension Machine

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Grips for EL36-1410/01

Page 83: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

36 Concrete - Compression Machines

Compression Machine Accessories

The selection and use of the correct accessories is essential if the range of machines described in Section 36 is to be utilised to its full advantage.

This section of the catalogue details a wide range of accessory items including distance pieces, specialist platens, flexural testing frames and other devices.

Load Calibration Devices

u Calibrated to BS EN ISO376 Grade 1 u 2000 kN capacityu 7½ digit high-resolution hand-held readout u Designed for the calibration and verification of concrete compression machines

The ELE electronic 2000 kN load cell and readout unit is an accurate and sensitive system for the calibration and verification of the load measuring systems of concrete compression machines.

The readout unit is supplied complete with rechargeable batteries and universal voltage charger unit for use on 115 – 240 V, 50 – 60 Hz, 1ph electrical supplies.

Each system is supplied complete with NPL (National Physical Laboratory UK) calibration certificate in compliance with BS EN ISO376 Grade 1.

Ordering InformationEL37-8315 2000 kN Capacity Calibration Load Cell with Hand-held Readout supplied with rechargeable batteries and universal charger for use on 110 – 240 V, AC 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

ADR-Auto Console

u Updates manual controlled machine to automatic loading u Suitable for ELE machines manufactured after 1983 u Cost-effectiveu On-board memory for 500 test results

The ELE ADR-Auto console has been developed to satisfy the requirements for consistent high throughput testing of concrete samples.

All control functions and display are built into the console. The microprocessor runs a series of self-test routines to check the operation of the system.

As standard, the unit is supplied with Windows® operating system download software and serial output port for connection to PC or suitable printer.

Ordering InformationEL37-4865/01 ADR-Auto Console for upgrading ELE concrete compression machines manufactured after 1983. For 220 – 240 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

81

37 Concrete - Compression Machines

EL37-4865/01 ADR-Auto Console

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL37-8315 2000KN Calibration Load Cell EL37-8315 Readout Unit

Page 84: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

82

37 Concrete - Compression Machine Accessories

ADR Advanced Digital Readout

u Unrivalled accuracyu Menu driven with simple data entryu Dual input and operating modes u Peak hold and auto stress calculationu Full sample library with required pace ratesu RS 232C output

The ADR Digital Readout is a technologically advanced microprocessor controlled instrument with facilities for data calculation and presentation.

The easy to read LCD display and touch-button data pad keys make the unit quick and straightforward to operate. All interaction with the measuring system is via the front control panel using simple menu-driven procedures.

Featuring diagnostic and test modes, security coded calibration routines and many other features including output to computer or printer, the ADR provides an effective upgrade option for existing compression and flexural testing machines fitted with analogue gauges.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 360 x 320 x 130 mm

Inputs 2, via standard 5 pin DIN sockets

Input range Transducer excitation Measurement units

± 20 mV to ± 2 V FS10 V @ 100 mA (total) kN, lbf or kgf (selectable)

Accuracy Better than ±1% over the calibrated range

Display 4 rows x 20 characters LCD

Maximum load Held until reset

Outputs Serial RS 232C Ordering InformationEL37-4855/09 ADR Digital Readout Unit supplied without transducer. For 110 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

ADR AccessoriesEL37-4855/10 Pressure Transducer

EL37-4859/01 Impact Printer RS232 serial connection.Supplied complete with serial RS232 communications cable and one paper roll. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

SparesEL37-4859/10 Ribbon Cartridge (black)

EL37-4859/12 Paper Roll. Pack of 10 rolls

EL37-4859/01 Impact Printer

EL37-4855/09 ADR Digital Readout Unit

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 85: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

37 Concrete - Compression Machine Accessories

Distance Pieces

Distance pieces are used to reduce the amount of vertical space between the upper platen and the top surface of the specimen.

Two versions are offered, both of which have a maximum load capacity of 3000 kN and are for use with fixed head load frames.

Standard size distance pieces have a nominal diameter of 180 mm. EN distance pieces are nominally 220 mm diameter in accordance with the standard specification.

Effective depth Standard distance pieces

EN 12390-3, -4 distance pieces

20 mm EL37-4980 EL37-5110

50 mm EL37-5000 EL37-5120

60 mm EL37-5020 EL37-5140

80 mm EL37-5050 EL37-5170

100 mm EL37-5100 EL37-5180

83

37 Concrete - Compression Machines Accessories

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 86: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

84

37 Concrete - Compression Machine Accessories

Platen Assemblies

All ELE compression machines are supplied as standard with relevant platen assemblies. The versatility of the machines is such that other tests may be performed in addition to the main application. Often these tests will require different platens, e.g. for block testing. ELE offers a range of optional platen assemblies which are quickly fitted for use. Rectangular PlatensEN772-1, BS 6073-1

These platens enable the testing of a wide variety of blocks and similar components. They are manufactured from high quality steel and hardened and finished where applicable to the requirements specified in the relevant Standards.

Ordering InformationEL37-4860 BS/EN Standard Rectangular Platens. Manufactured to the requirements of BS 6073-1 and EN 772-1 these platens, measuring 445 x 250 x 75 mm thick, are suitable for testing a wide range of samples. The upper platen is clipped to the machine’s standard ball seating assembly. The platens are supplied complete with 2 bolt-on spacers for use when testing blocks of 140 mm or 190 mm height. Maximum vertical clearance is 245 mm. Weight 150 kg.

ELE 2000/3000 kN EN specification compression machines with serial numbers, prefix 1868 and 1881, have the load frame pre-drilled to accept Rectangular Platen Handling assembly on-site. Two versions are available, one for 2000 kN capacity machines, the other for 3000 kN capacity machines. The assemblies are supplied complete with all the necessary fittings including: EL37-4860 BS/EN specification platens and roller assemblies for the platens.

Ordering InformationEL37-4830 Platen Handling System for 2000 kN EN compression machines, complete as specified.

EL37-4832 Platen Handling System for 3000 kN EN compression machines, complete as specified.

EL37-4835 Extended length safety gates for use with 2000 kN capacity machines fitted with rectangular platens.

Split Cylinder Test PlatensEN 12390-5

This sub-platen assembly is designed to allow the tensile splitting strength of concrete cylinders to be determined in accordance with international standards. The assembly is supplied complete with a lower platen, integral locating device and load bar.

Ordering InformationEL37-5420 Split Cylinder Platen Assembly for testing cylinders of 150 x 150 mm and 150 x 300 mm (diameter x length). Weight 10.5 kg.

AccessoriesEL37-5450 Test Pieces. Hardboard strips for use with Split Cylinder Platen Assemblies. Pack of 100. Weight 0.1 kg.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL37-4830 Platen Handling System EL37-5420 Split Cylinder Platen Assembly

Page 87: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

Flexural and Transverse Testing Machines and Accessories

The flexural and transverse strength of concrete is of interest to engineers for many reasons. Movement of structures which may be induced by e.g. temperature changes, ground vibrations, cyclic loading of road pavements and many other external influences, will set up internal stresses within a concrete member.

There is no clearly defined relationship between compressive and flexural strength. Generally it can be assumed for most purposes that flexural strength of normal concrete is about 10% of the compressive strength achieved in the same concrete.

Modern concrete technology utilises a wide range of materials such as glass or steel fibres to improve the flexural strength of the concrete. These modified concretes often require the use of special tests and equipment.

Lower loads are used to test concrete in flexure; however, the shape and size of test specimens is such that larger and often heavy specimens can be difficult to handle. ELE has designed the range of machines offered to provide for ease of specimen positioning and subsequent testing.

The range of flexural test equipment offered provides a wide variety of choice and test methods including low strength compression tests using optional ball seating assemblies.

37 Concrete - Compression Machine Accessories

85

37 Concrete - Flexural and Transverse Machines and Accessories

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 88: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

86

37 Concrete - Flexural and Transverse Machines and Accessories

50 kN Mini-flexural Machine

u Hand operatedu Rugged, high strength frameu Double-action hydraulic pumpu Dual calibrated (kN/lbf) gauge

This compact flexural machine is designed for testing 100 mm and 150 mm square section beams. The base incorporates a series of bearer locating points, enabling a wide range of tests to be performed.

The unit is self contained with hydraulic pressure applied through a double-action hand pump to a ram fitted in the top of the frame making this an ideal portable on-site quality control machine. A 200 mm diameter load gauge, dual calibrated to 50 kN x 0.1 kN and 11000 lbf x 50 lbf graduations is fitted as standard.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) Rollers

500 x 350 x 1090 mm 38 mm diameter x 160 mm long

Maximum vertical clearance

160 mm

Ram travel 15 mm

Accuracy and epeatability

±1% over upper 90% of working range

Weight 50 kg

Ordering InformationEL37-6040 50 kN Mini-flexural Machine Hand-operated, supplied with upper and lower bearers.

EL37-6040 50 kN Mini-flexural Machine

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 89: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

100 kN Flexural (Beams) FrameEN 12390-5, 1521, 13161, 772-6; ASTM C 78

u Open sided for ease of specimen loading u Meets EN 12390-5, 1521, 13161, 772-6 and ASTM C78 for standard section beams u Optional ball seating assembly

This rigidly constructed, open sided frame is suitable for testing 100 mm and 150 mm square-section beams. The frame supports a hydraulic ram and upper sub-platen assembly incorporating a spherical seating. The upper and lower sub-platens will accept various specimen loading bearers, which are supplied separately.

CompatabilityThese flexural frames can be used with a wide range of ELE compression machines. Simply select one of two fitting kits designed to link the flexural frame to either the ADR-Auto range of compression machines or any other ADR compression machine.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 380 x 505 x 845 mm

Vertical clearance with bearers 164 mm

Throat clearance 95 mm

Ram travel 75 mm

Weight 146 kg

Ordering InformationEL37-6130 100 kN Flexural (Beams) Frame supplied without specimen bearers.

AccessoriesEL37-6135 series 100 kN Flexural Fitting Kit ADR Auto

EL37-6135/01 for 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph

EL37-6135/02 for 110 – 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 1 ph

EL37-6138 100 kN Flexural Fitting Kit ADR

EL37-6131 EN Specimen Bearer Assembly comprising 2 self-aligning upper bearers, 1 self-aligning and 1 fixed lower bearer. Roller bearers are 38 mm diameter x 160 mm long. Suitable for 3- or 4-point flexural testing of beams.

EL37-6132 ASTM C78 Specimen Bearer Assembly comprising 2 self-aligning upper bearers, 1 self-aligning and 1 fixed lower bearer; case-hardened, 38 mm diameter x 160 mm long and suitable for 3- or 4-point flexural testing of beams.

EL37-6133 Ball Seating Assembly comprising a ball seating assembly with 150 mm diameter platen and a lower platen 150 mm diameter x 16 mm thick. Suitable for testing low-strength specimens.

Specimen size (effective height)

Distance pieces required

40 mm 2 x 100 mm 1 x 80 mm

50 mm 2 x 100 mm 1 x 50 mm 1 x 20 mm

70.7 mm 2 x 100 mm 1 x 50 mm

100 mm 2 x100 mm 1 x 20 mm

Special Note:For details of suitable Standard Distance Pieces see EL37-4980 to EL37-5100.

37 Concrete - Flexural and Transverse Machines and Accessories

87

37 Concrete - Flexural and Transverse Machines and Accessories

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 90: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

88

37 Concrete - Flexural and Transverse Machines and Accessories

100 kN Flexural and Transverse (Flags) Frame EN 12390-5, 1339, 1340,1521,13161, 772-6

u Open sided for ease of specimen loadingu Meets EN 1339, 1340 for kerbs and flagstones u Optional ball seating assembly

This rigidly constructed, open sided frame is suitable for testing kerbs and flagstones to EN 1339,1340. With optional accessories it can also be used to test 100 mm and 150 mm section beams for flexural strength toEN 12390-5.

The frame supports a hydraulic ram and upper sub-platen assembly incorporating spherical seating. The upper and lower sub-platens will accept specimen loading bearers, which are supplied separately.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) Rollers 840 x 845 x 1215 mm

Vertical clearance with bearers 170 mm

Throat clearance 330 mm

Ram travel 75 mm

Weight 460 kg

Ordering InformationEL37-6140 100 kN Flexural/Transverse (Flags) Frame for use with ELE compression machines. Supplied without specimen bearers.

AccessoriesFlexural Fitting Kit for ADR Auto compression machines see EL37-6135 series

Flexural Fitting Kit for ADR compression machines see EL37-6138

EL37-6330 Specimen Bearer Assembly EN 12390-5 1521 13161 772-6. Comprising 2 self-aligning upper roller bearers, 1 self-aligning and 1 fixed lower roller bearer. Roller bearers are 38 mm dia x 320 mm long and suitable for 3- or 4-point flexural testing of beams.

EL37-6362 Upper Bearer and Pair of Self-aligning Lower Steel Bearers for transverse testing of kerbs to EN 1340.

EL37-6364 Upper Bearer and Pair of Self-aligning Lower Steel Bearers for transverse testing of flags to EN 1339.

Ball Seating Assembly see EL37-6133

Specimen size Distance pieces required (effective height).

Specimen size (effective height)

Distance pieces required

40 mm 3 x 100 mm 1 x 60 mm

50 mm 3 x 100 mm 1 x 50 mm

70.7 mm 2 x 100 mm 1 x 80 mm 1 x 50 mm

100 mm 3 x 100 mm

Special Note: For details of suitable Standard Distance Pieces see EL37-4980 to EL37-5100.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 91: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

37 Concrete - Flexural and Transverse Machines and Accessories

89

Cement

Cement, Lime, Gypsum and Fly Ash

38 Chemical Tests38 Fineness 38 Consistence, Setting time, Workability and Flow 38 Soundness 38 Air Content and Density 38 Fly Ash (PFA)39 Mixing, Moulding, Curing and Strength

The first use of lime as a cementing material is not recorded but it was certainly used in ancient Egypt and also by the Romans. In more recent times, there are records that lime, combined with a pozzolan from Italy, was used in the construction of the Eddystone lighthouse as early as 1756.

Today, cement is manufactured by a chemical process with raw materials being crushed, ground and blended before being heated in a rotary kiln until they combine chemically. The clinker from the kiln is then ground with gypsum to form Portland cement.

Our cement testing systems provide efficient and reliable methods of measuring all of the key criteria to ensure consistent, high quality cement manufacture.

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 92: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

90

38 Cement - Chemical Tests

Chemical Tests Chemical analysis plays an important part in the categorisation of cements and other construction materials such as lime. The use of analytical instrumentation such as flame photometry offers a simple and cost effective solution to the determination of the constituent parts of cement.

Flame Photometry

Today, cement is manufactured by a chemical process with raw materials being crushed, ground and blended before being heated in a rotary kiln until they combine chemically.

ELE Flame PhotometerEN196-21; ASTM C114, TEST 17

The ELE Flame Photometer is built to a high specification and can be used with confidence for the most exacting analysis. It is a low temperature, single channel emission flame photometer with a large clear digital readout. The unit incorporates zero and gain controls with fine and coarse sensitivity, electronic ignition and automatic air supply regulation.

The meter is supplied with sodium and potassium filters, fuel and air connections, nebuliser cleaning wire, hose connecting clips, auxiliary power plug, hexagon key, 2 lengths of drain tubing and a comprehensive instruction book and service manual. The unit is housed in a strong case.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 420 x 360 x 300 mm

Readout LED three 12.5 mm digits

Range 0 to 199.9 ppm

Sensitivity Na K Ca

3 to 100 ppm 3 to 100 ppm 5 to 100 ppm (optional filter)

Reproducibility 1% CV for 20 consecutive samples using 10 ppm, set to read 100

Recorder output Nominal 1.00 V for a reading of 100.0

Weight 8 kg

Ordering Information EL38-0200/01 ELE Flame Photometer for 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Special Note: The Flame Photometer requires a source of moisture-free air at 6 litres/minute at a pressure of 1 kg/cm2. It also requires a fuel source for the flame and a regulator (see accessories).

Accessories EL38-0320/01 Air Compressor. Supplies air at 6 litres/minute at a pressure of 1 kg/cm2, for use with EL38-0200/01 Flame Photometer. Weight 4 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Filters Regulators

Model number

Description Model number

Description

EL38-0250

Calcium EL38-0280 for Propane Gas

EL38-0260

Barium EL38-0270 for Natural Gas

Loss-on-IgnitionEN196-2, EN459-2

The Loss-on-Ignition of Cement and Building Lime can be determined using a Muffle Furnace to oxidize the sample in air at 975 ± 25ºC.

Muffle Furnace see Laboratory Equipment Section

Crucibles see Laboratory Equipment Section

EL38-0200/01 ELE Flame Photometer

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 93: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

38 Cement - Chemical Tests

91

38 Cement - Fineness

Fineness The fineness of cement is a property that must be carefully controlled during the manufacturing process. The total specific surface of the cement represents the surface area available for hydration. Various methods are in use to measure the specific surface of cements. For most purposes air permeability methods produce accurate, repeatable results.

Determination of Fineness Blaine ApparatusEN 196-6, 459-2, 13286-44; BS 4359-2; ASTM C204

This method has been adopted in Europe as the definitive means of determining the fineness of cement and other powder materials.

The system is supplied complete with stainless steel cell, perforated disc and plunger, manometer U-tube, aspirator, bottle of manometer liquid and a box of filter papers.

Ordering Information EL38-1000 Blaine Air Permeability Apparatus. Weight 2.8 kg.

Accessories EL38-0620 Manometer Liquid (Dibutylphthalate).500 ml bottle.

EL38-0640 Reference Cement. 10 g sachet.

EL38-0650 Filter Papers. 12.7 mm diameter. Box of 100.

SparesEL38-1000/10 Manometer U-tube

EL38-1000/15 Blaine Air Permeability Cell. Stainless steel with a perforated disc and plunger.

Specific Gravity (relative density) of Hydraulic CementEN 196-6, ASTM C188; AASHTO T133

It is necessary to know the specific gravity of cement for various reasons related to its quality and use. In particular it will be necessary to determine the specific gravity as part of the determination of the specific surface of a cement. The ELE Le Chatelier Flask is a high specification unit that is individually calibrated and supplied with calibration certificate.

Ordering Information EL38-1200 Le Chatelier Flask for determining the density of hydraulic cement and lime, supplied complete with calibration certificate. Capacity 250 ml. Graduated from 0 to 1 ml and from 18 to 24 ml graduations.Accurate to 0.05 ml. Weight 0.5 kg.

EL38-1000 Blaine Air Permeability Apparatus

EL38-1200 Le Chatelier Flask

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 94: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

92

38 Cement - Consistence Setting Time, Workability and Flow

Consistence Setting Time, Workability and Flow Determination of setting time and soundness of cement requires the use of a neat cement paste of standard consistence. The Vicat method is usually specified as the test used to determine the water content which will produce the desired consistence.

Vicat Method EN 196-3, 13454-2; ASTM C187, C191

This procedure is used to determine the quantity of water required to produce a cement paste of standard consistence.

Ordering Information EL38-2010 Vicat Frame complete with consistency plunger, 10 mm diameter. Requires one initial or final set needle to make up test weight to 300 g. Weight 1.3 kg.

Accessories EL38-2110 comprising 1 x EN Initial Set Needle1.13 mm diameter and 1 x EN Final Set Needle 1.13 mm diameter with special footing. Weight 18 g.

EL38-2620 ASTM Initial Set Needle. 1 mm diameter. Weight 9 g.

EL38-2200 Vicat Mould manufactured from brass and supplied complete with a ring and glass base plate. Weight 800 g.

EL38-2300 EN Vicat Mould manufactured from a hard rubber compound and supplied complete with a glass base plate. Weight 500 g.

EL38-2660 ASTM Vicat Mould manufactured from non-absorbent plastic and supplied complete with a glass base plate. Weight 200 g.

Spare EL38-2010/10 Consistency Plunger

Automatic VicatEN 196-3, 13454-2; ASTM C187, C191

The Automatic Vicat Apparatus executes the test program using a fully automatic test cycle. The integral LCD display indicates test progress in real time. Firmware in the unit enables up to five user test profiles to be established. Integrated on-board memory will store up to 50 complete tests. On completion of the test the integral printer automatically prints all test data including a graph penetration with related data. As standard, the unit includes an RS232 serial port for connection to PC which, when used in conjunction with the supplied software, enables users to manage test data including graphing and report generation. The timed cycle of events is operator-selectable and penetrations can be selectable at intervals of 30 seconds, 1, 5, 15 or 30 minutes.

Ordering Information EL38-2015/01 Automatic Vicat Apparatus complete with EN and ASTM Initial and Final needles, Consistency Plunger, Windows® software and RS232 cable, 1 x EN and ASTM Mould and Glass Plate. Suitable for continuous use in saturated humidity, at a controlled temperature of 20°C ± 1°C. Weight 13 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Accessories EL38-2015/12 Needle Cleaning Device

EL38-2015/14 Printer Paper Rolls. Pack of 10.

EL38-2015/15 Mould Tank for testing samples under water as per EN 196-3, for use in temperature controlled laboratories.

Spares EL38-2015/16 Consistency Plunger

EL38-2021 comprising 1 x EN Initial Set Needle, 1.13 mm dia and 1 x EN Final Set Needle, 1.13 mm dia.

EL38-2023 comprising 1 x ASTM Initial Set Needle, 1 mm dia and 1 x ASTM Final Set Needle 1 mm dia.

Moulds see EL38-2200, EL38-2300 or EL38-2660

EL38-2010 Vicat Frame EL38-2015/01 Automatic Vicat Apparatus

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 95: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

38 Cement - Consistence Setting Time, Workability and Flow

93

38 Cement - Consistence Setting Time, Workability and Flow

Concrete Mortar Penetrometer

The Concrete Mortar Penetrometer is used for field and laboratory evaluations of the initial set of concrete mortars. The test involves inserting the penetrometer shaft to a depth of 25.4 mm at constant rate and time interval.The resistance in lbf/in2 is shown on the penetrometer’s direct-reading scale.

Specification

Dimensions 19 x 178 mm (diameter x length)

Shaft needle Steel, 1/20 in2 surface area

Range 0 to 700 lbf/in2

Scale Direct-reading, indicator sleeve holds reading until released

Weight 227 g

Ordering Information EL38-2695 Pocket Concrete Penetrometer supplied complete with belt-loop, canvas carrying case.

Flow and Workability of Mortar and Lime

To perform this test, a sample is placed on a metal surface which is then raised and dropped through a known height.

Flow of Mortars and Hydraulic CementBS 4551-1, 3892-1; ASTM C230

Ordering Information EL38-6000 Flow Table manufactured from cast bronze as specified in BS and ASTM C230. Complete with Tripod and Baseplate. Weight 25 kg.

EL38-6040 Flow Mould manufactured from bronze as specified in BS and ASTM. Weight 900 g.

EL38-6080 ASTM Calipers for measuring the diameter of the sample. Weight 450 g.

EL38-6100/01 Motorising Unit for use with EL38-6020. Operates the cam at a speed of 100 rpm. For 220-240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph. Weight 5 kg.

EL38-6160 Plastic Tamper

EL38-2695 Pocket Concrete Penetrometer

EL38-6000 Flow Table

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 96: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

94

38 Cement - Soundness

Soundness The soundness of cement and hydrated lime is of particular importance. It is essential that once hardened the paste does not undergo a large change in volume.

The soundness of cements and limes can be determined by an expansion test using Le Chatelier Moulds. The method of curing lime differs from that of cements, lime being cured in a steam tank and cements in a water bath. The ASTM method uses a high-pressure steam vessel (Autoclave) to cure the specimens.

General Expansion of Dry Hydrated Lime by the Le Chatelier Method; BS 6463; EN 196-3, 459-2

Ordering Information EL38-3005 Le Chatelier Mould comprising a split cylinder fitted with two indicator stems. The mould is supplied complete with two glass plates and a weight 100 g ±10 g. Three moulds required for each test. Weight 900 g.

EL38-3200 Extensibility of Mould Apparatus. Conforms to BS 6463. The unit comprises a metal sleeve with a hook and set screw to fit over one of the mould pointers, and a clamp to fit onto the other pointer of the mould. Supplied complete with one weight 100 g ±1 g.

EL38-3205 Extensibility of Mould Apparatus. Conforms to EN196-3, 459-2. The unit comprises a metal sleeve with a hook and set screw to fit over one of the mould pointers, and a clamp to fit onto the other pointer of the mould. Supplied complete with one weight 300 g ±1 g.

EL38-3300 Tamping Rod. 17 mm end diameter. Weight 70 g.

Soundness of Cement Paste by the Le Chatelier MethodEN 196-3, 459-2

Ordering Information Le Chatelier Mould see EL38-3005

EL38-3420/01 Le Chatelier Water Bath manufactured from corrosion resistant material, complete with a removable rack to hold up to twelve moulds and timer unit. Weight 5.4 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

EL38-3005 Le Chatelier Mould

EL38-3420/01 Le Chatelier Water Bath

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 97: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

38 Cement - Soundness

95

38 Cement - Soundness

Soundness of Portland Cement by the Autoclave MethodASTM C151

Specimens are cured in a high-pressure steam vessel and the change in specimen length is determined using Drying, Shrinkage and Moisture Movement Apparatus. The Autoclave provides high pressure steam curing of the specimens. The unit conforms to the requirements of ASTM. Supplied complete with safety valve, pressure gauge and thermostat controlled heater unit.

Special Note: This unit draws a current of 20 amps.

Ordering Information EL38-3800/01 Autoclave as specified. Weight 108 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Spares EL38-3800/13 Lid Sealing Gasket

Heat of Hydration of Cement BS 4550

The Heat of Hydration Apparatus is manufactured to the requirements specified in BS 4550. It comprises a Dewar flask, an internally lagged case, a constant speed electric stirrer, filler funnel and a Beckman-type thermometer complete with reader.

Ordering Information EL38-4600/01 Heat of Hydration Apparatus. Weight 13 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

Spares EL38-4600/10 Dewar Flask

EL38-4600/12 Beckman Thermometer and Reader Glass. range 6ºC ± 0.01ºC

EL38-4600/13 Glass Paddle for Stirrer

EL38-3800/01 Autoclave

EL38-4600/01 Heat of Hydration Apparatus

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 98: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

96

38 Cement - Air Content and Density

Air Content

Mortars are used for a variety of purposes, the most common being as a bond between brick and blockwork.

Both air content and density are important if durability and strength of mortar is to be adequate. Specifications often require minimum levels of air content and density. The equipment described enables standard tests to be performed on mortars and similar materials.

Air Content of Mortar, Masonry Cement and Lime by the Pressure Method EN 413-2 459-2

u Direct reading of air content in percentu Fine control test valves u Positive sealing, quick release clampsu Integral air pump u Heavy duty 0.75 litre container

This Air Entrainment Meter is designed to satisfy the requirements of a variety of EN and other Standards for testing mortars, limes and masonry cement.

The unit incorporates a large pressure gauge giving direct reading of air content in percent.

Ordering Information EL38-7087 Air Entrainment Meter. 0.75 litre capacity, complete with integral pump. Weight 11 kg.

EL38-7087 Air Entrainment Meter

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 99: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

38 Cement - Air Content and Density

97

38 Cement - Fly Ash

Fly Ash Fly Ash or Pulverised Fuel Ash (PFA) is a by-product of coal-fired power stations. It is a fine material with spherical particles. Uses include as an additive in composite cements, as a cementitious component in concrete and as a filler in certain types of asphalt.

Various test methods are specified in BS and EN Standards and include the determination of moisture content, water requirement, strength, loss-on-ignition, initial setting time, and soundness. These tests are based on those described in BS EN196. A major requirement for Fly Ash is consistency of fineness.

Loss-on-IgnitionEN 450

This method is for cement specified in EN196-2 with an ignition time of 1 hour at 975ºC.

Muffle Furnace see Laboratory Equipment Section

Activity Index EN 450

The activity index is the ratio (in percent) of the compressive strength of standard mortar prisms 40 x 40 x 160 mm, prepared with 75% reference cement and 25% fly ash, to standard mortar prisms prepared with reference cement alone. The equipment required comprises that used to prepare specimens and determine their compressive strength in accordance with EN196-1.

Soundness EN450

The expansion of a cement/fly ash paste is determined using the Le Chatelier method specified in EN196-3.

Fineness of Fly Ash (Wet Sieving) BS 3892-1; EN 451-2: ASTM C430

Ordering Information EL38-7600 Spray Nozzle Apparatus comprising a spray nozzle 17.5 mm ID with 17 holes as specified in EN 451, a vacuum pressure gauge, 160 kPa graduated at 5 kPa divisions and fittings to attach the apparatus to a standard domestic water supply. Supplied without sieve. Weight 2.1 kg.

Accessory EL38-7600/12 45 µm Sieve. Stainless steel mesh, 50 mm internal diameter.

EL38-7600 Spray Nozzle Apparatus

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 100: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

98

39 Cement - Mixing, Moulding, Curing and Strength

Mixing The results of strength testing of cement and other materials such as Lime and Fly Ash are dependent on the method and the quality of equipment used. A standard system for strength testing is based on compressive strength of mortar prisms.

In the USA, ASTM C109 and C190 are the definitive methods for determining compressive and tensile strength. The BS 4550 method using either 70.7 mm or 100 mm cubes has been retained in the UK only for comparative purposes. EN196-1 is now the definitive method.

The results of strength testing are dependent not only on method but also on the quality and accuracy of the testing machine used to determine compressive or flexural strength.

The correct mixing sequence and homogenity of mix is important if consistent, repeatable test results are to be obtained. Mixers should be powerful enough to ensure that the motor’s speed is not affected by the mix constituents and designed to ensure that the mixer action and blade does not break down individual sand particles and preferably provide automatic mixing cycles.

Automatic/Manual 5 litre Nominal Capacity Mortar Mixer EN 196-1, 196-3, 413-2, 459-2, 1744-1, 13279-2, 1015-2, 13395-1,13454-2 ISO 679, BS 3892-1, 3892-3, 6463-103, 4551-1

u New Microprocessor controlu New mix program selectoru Complies with latest EN Standards updateu Choice of automatic mixing cycles u Sand and water dispenser supplied as standard

This mixer is designed to mix mortars and cement pastes to the requirements of the above Standards. The mixing paddle has a planetary motion and is driven by a motor with a microprocessor based speed and program controller. The mixer can be operated either in an automatic or manual mode. When the mixer is used in the manual mode, the two mixing speeds can be changed by means of a rocker switch, without switching off the motor. In the automatic mode any one of the pre-set mixing programs may be selected.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 530 x 350 x 580 mm

Speeds (rpm) Low High

Paddle 140 ± 5 285 ± 10

Mixing Head 62 ± 5125 ± 10

Rated power 180 W

Bowl capacity 5 litres (approx)

Weight 54 kg

Ordering Information EL39-0035/01 Automatic/Manual 5 litre nominal capacity Mortar Mixer complete with bowl and paddle, Sand and Water dispensers. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Accessories EL39-0060 Bowl Cover

EL39-0065 Scraper. Plastic 200 mm long. Pack of 5.

Spares EL39-0031/10 Paddle. Stainless steel complies with EN 196.

EL39-0031/11 Bowl. Stainless steel complies with EN 196. 5 litre capacity (approx).

EL39-0035/01 Automatic/Manual 5 litre nominal capacity Mortar Mixer

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 101: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

39 Cement - Mixing, Moulding, Curing and Strength

99

39 Cement - Mixing, Moulding, Curing and Strength

Moulding The successful preparation and moulding of prisms, cubes and briquettes is essential if subsequent strength tests on the specimens are to be meaningful. Moulds should be manufactured from material which is capable of retaining its form under heavy usage. The equipment detailed in this section has been designed and manufactured to meet the requirements for moulding laid down in the various Standards.

Moulding of Prisms (40.1 x 40 x 160 mm) EN 196-1, 413-2, 459-2, 1744-1, 1015-10,11, 13454-2, ISO 679 . BS 3892-1, 4551-1

Two methods of moulding and compaction are used in the various testing standards. The jolting table method is usually described as the reference method and a vibratory table method is permitted as an alternative.

Jolting Table

This machine consists of a mould table seated on a rotating cam driven at 60 revolutions per minute. The apparatus is supplied with a remote mains switch box, incorporating a push button start/stop control, and automatic stop control at end of test.

Ordering Information EL39-1150/01 Jolting Table supplied without moulds. Weight 55 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

EL39-1100 Three-gang Mould for 40.1 x 40 x 160 mm mortar prisms. This mould is manufactured to a very high specification. Supplied with glass plate. Weight 12.2 kg.

SpareEL39-1100/10 Glass Plate. Spare plate for prism moulds.

EL39-1120 Feeding Hopper for EL39-1100 Mould.

EL39-1130 Scraper. Double-ended, used for spreading and levelling mortar in mould.

EL39-1170 Mortar Sand. Graded pack for 3 prisms. 1350 g pack.

Moulding of 70.7 mm Mortar Cubes BS 4550

Ordering Information EL39-0100 70.7 mm Cube Mould manufactured from steel to dimensions specified in the relevant British Standard. Supplied complete with baseplate. Three moulds required for each test. Weight 2.9 kg.

EL39-1100 Three-gang Mould

EL39-1150/01 Jolting Table

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL39-1120 Feeding Hopper

Page 102: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

100

39 Cement - Mixing, Moulding, Curing and Strength

Moulding of 50 mm and 100 mm SpecimensBS 1881-131; ASTM C109

Ordering Information EL39-0410 Three-gang Mould for 50 mm mortar cubes. Manufactured from cast iron with simple cube release mechanism. Weight 6.5 kg.

Moulding of Mortar BriquettesASTM C307

Ordering Information EL39-1000 Briquette Mould manufactured to the dimensions in the relevant specification. Two part construction, supplied complete with baseplate. Weight 1.3 kg.

Curing Prior to testing, EN 196 requires prisms to be cured for a period of at least 24 hours at 20 ±1ºC, 90% RH minimum. The prisms are then demoulded and stored under water for the required curing time, usually 48 hours, 72 hours, 7 and 28 days.

Humidity Cabinet EN 196-1 459-2, BS 3892-1

The Humidity Cabinet is built to a high specification and is designed for the early curing of mortar prisms prior to storing under water. The cabinet incorporates a circular chart recorder to record temperature and humidity levels. Relative humidity up to 98% RH is generated by air blowing across the surface of water or salt solution.

Specification

Capacity 320 litres

Dimensions External Internal

660 x 635 x 1745 mm 490 x 510 x 1275 mm

Temperature range +5.0°C to +60°C

Fluctuation (better than) ± 0.2ºC

Variation (better than) ± 0.5ºC

Recorder Circular chart type Temperature Humidity

7 day0 – 50ºC0 – 100% RH

Rated power 850 Watt

Number of shelves 10

Weight 151 kg

Ordering Information EL39-1300/01 Humidity Cabinet. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

Spare EL39-1300/10 Replacement Circular Charts

EL39-0410 Three-gang Mould

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL39-1300 Humidity Cabinet

Page 103: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

39 Cement - Mixing, Moulding, Curing and Strength

101

39 Cement - Mixing, Moulding, Curing and Strength

Strength ADR-Auto 250/25 Compression MachineEN 196-1, 459-2, 1744-1, 1015-11, 13454-2; BS 3892-1, 4551-1, ASTM C109

u 250 kN maximum capacityu Calibration accuracy to BS EN ISO 7500-1; ASTM E4u Automatic loading cycleu 25 kN low capacity frame supplied as standardu Tests a wide variety of specimen sizes u Tests mortar, lime, cement and Fly Ashu Complete with compression/flexural jigs and platen setsu Supplied with Windows® download software as standard

The ADR-Auto 250/25 Machine provides consistent automatic testing of a wide range of specimens. The machine comprises a standard ELE 250/25 kN load frame and ADR-Auto console and incorporates all the features included in the ADR-Auto series concrete testing machines.

As standard the machine is supplied with platens fitted to the load frame, compression jig with 40 mm and 50mm/2 inch square platen sets and flexural jig for testing 40.1 x 40 x 160 mm prisms.

The availability of the 25 kN low capacity load frame as standard extends the test capability of the machine for low strength compression or flexural testing.

The automatic loading cycle is controlled by a closed-loop microprocessor hydraulic system incorporated with the display in the ADR-Auto console attached to the load frame. A serial output port is built into the system, enabling test data to be stored in memory (up to 500 test results) for subsequent downloading to PC or suitable printer.

Micro-processor Control Specification

Measurement units

kN, lbf or kgf - selectable.

Accuracy Better than ±1% over calibrated range

Display Backlit LCD 105 x 31 mm (w x h)

Maximum load Held until reset

Output Serial RS 232C

Ordering Information ADR-Auto 250/25 Compression Machine. 250/25 kN capacity, complete as specified.

EL39-6155/01 for 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

EL39-6155/02 for 110 V AC, 60 Hz, 1 ph.

EL39-6155/06 for 220-240 V AC, 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Specifications

Overall dimensions (l x w x h) 520 x 850 x 1255 mm

250 kN frame

Max vertical clearance 230 mm

Max horizontal clearance 225 mm

Upper and lower platens 150 mm diameter

25 kN frame

Max vertical clearance 230 mm

Max horizontal clearance 160 mm

Upper and lower platens 150 mm diameter

Max ram travel 15 mm

Rated power 1600 W

Weight 450 kg

Accessories Printer see EL39-4859/01

EL39-6220 Set of distance pieces for testing samples 40 mm, 50 mm, 70.7 mm and 100 mm. Note: These items are required when testing above sample sizes NOT using the compression jig.

EL39-6155 series Compression Machine

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 104: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

102

39 Cement - Mixing, Moulding, Curing and Strength

10 kN Flexural/Tensile Testing MachineEN196-1

This single lever machine is designed for flexural tests on 40.1 x 40 x 160 mm mortar prisms and tensile tests on mortar briquettes. The rate of applied loading for flexural testing is to EN196-1. Load is applied by a weight travelling along the beam at a constant rate, driven by a motor/gearbox. Readings are made by means of a cursor visible through a window in the moving weight. Failure of a specimen triggers a switch mechanism and brings the weight to a halt immediately.

To prevent overloading, a sensor is incorporated in the weight and automatically stops the machine at its maximum capacity of 10 kN. Supplied complete with flexural and tensile jaws.

Ordering Information EL39-7100/01 10 kN Flexural/Tensile Testing Machine. Weight 50 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

EL39-7100/01 10-kN Flexural/Tensile Testing Machine

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 105: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

Aggregates39 Cement - Mixing, Moulding, Curing and Strength

103

42 Sampling and Preparation42 Particle Size and Shape42 Determination of Flakiness and Elongation42 Density, Voids and Bulking 42 Soundness and Chemical Tests 42 Mechanical Properties

Aggregates comprise a significant proportion of all materials used in the many different construction processes, so it is important to determine the properties of different types of aggregates through effective testing and measurement.

The required properties will vary from project to project, for example, resistance to polishing will be unimportant in a pavement base course but will be crucial in a wearing course. However, the key criteria throughout are accurate and repeatable test procedures, and our range of aggregates testing equipment has therefore been designed to help you determine a wide range of factors. These include: particle size, shape and texture; relative, bulk and compacted densities; soundness and resistance to chemical attack; and mechanical properties.

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 106: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

104

42 Aggregates - Sampling and Preparation of Aggregates

Sampling and Preparation of Aggregates

Sampling and preparation of aggregates and fillers is necessary for a variety of reasons including research, design and quality control. The main aim of sampling is to obtain a sample representative of the average quality. Sampling techniques and procedures are described in various Standards including BS 812:Part 101 and 102 and ASTM D75. Individual items of equipment necessary for sampling and preparation are described in the Soils Section of the catalogue.

Drying and WeighingEN 932-2

Most test techniques involve the use of drying ovens and balances. A comprehensive range of equipment is described in the Laboratory Equipment Section of the catalogue.

Moisture Content

The moisture content of aggregate is of importance e.g. when batching concrete or when compacting unbound materials to achieve a specified density. Accurate means of determining moisture content are specified in various Standards and include methods suitable for use in the laboratory or on the construction site. Individual items of equipment necessary for determining moisture content are described in the Soils Section and the Laboratory Equipment Section of the catalogue.

Particle Size and Shape

Among many of the applications to which aggregate lends itself is its use in economical concrete mixes, impervious, durable asphalts, macadams and road bases. Particle size, shape and texture can have considerable effects on various design properties and are generally specified within certain limits. Rounded aggregate can lead to instability in a bituminous mixture yet be ideal as a concrete aggregate where good workability of the mix is essential for placing and compaction.

Determination of Particle Size EN933-1, BS 812; ASTM C136

A comprehensive range of sieves, sieve shakers and ancillary equipment will be found in the Laboratory Equipment Section of the catalogue. The range of sieves offered includes ISO 3310, BS 410 and ASTM E11 mesh sizes and frames.

Determination of Sand Equivalent Value ASTM D2419; AASHTO T176

The test is used to determine the relative proportions of clay-like or plastic fines and dusts in aggregate used for construction purposes.

For Sand Equivalent Apparatus see Section 24.

Sample ReductionRiffling or quartering are the two methods most often used to reduce a bulk sample to a representative size suitable for testing.

A Riffling, normally used for reducing material which is in a surface dry condition.

B Quartering can be used to reduce damp material down to a quantity which can be further prepared, e.g. by drying and then riffling.

Flatten the main sample

Divide into quarters

Discard two opposite quarters

Remix remainder and quarter again

Continue process until a sample of the required size is obtained

Description of Aggregates

Shape

Rounded- Water worn or shaped by attrition

Irregular- Naturally irregular or partly shaped

Angular- Well-defined

Flaky- Thickness is small relative to other two dimensions

Elongated- Length is larger relative to other two dimensions

Glassy Conchoidal fracture

Smooth Water worn or smooth due to fracture

Granular Uniform rounded grains

RoughThickness is small relative to other two dimensions

Crystalline Easily visible grains

Honeycombed Visible pores and cavities

Texture

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 107: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

42 Aggregates - Determination of Flakiness and Elongation42 Aggregates - Sampling and Preparation of Aggregates

105

Determination of Flakiness and Elongation

Aggregates which are flaky and/or elongated will often lower the workability of a concrete mix and may also affect long term durability. In bituminous mixtures flaky aggregate makes for a harsh mix and may also crack and break up during compaction by rolling.

Flakiness Sieves and GaugesBS 812

Ordering Information EL42-0410 Flakiness Gauge constructed of heavy gauge sheet steel to the dimensions specified in BS 812. Weight 60 g.

EL42-0600 Set of Flakiness Sieves comprising 1 each, 4.9 mm, 7.2 mm, 10.2 mm, 14.4 mm,19.7 mm, 26.3 mm and 33.9 mm.

Grid SievesEN 933-3

A series of grid sieves formed from 5 mm diameter steel parallel bars securely fixed in a metal frame.

Model Number Slot Width

Passing Size

Retained Size

EL42-0326 40 mm 80 mm 63 mm

EL42-0324 31.5 mm 63 mm 50 mm

EL42-0322 25 mm 50 mm 40 mm

EL42-0320 20 mm 40 mm 31.5 mm

EL42-0318 16 mm 31.5 mm 25 mm

EL42-0316 12.5 mm 25 mm 20 mm

EL42-0314 10 mm 20 mm 16 mm

EL42-0310 8 mm 16 mm 12.5 mm

EL42-0308 6.3 mm 12.5 mm 10 mm

EL42-0306 5.0 mm 10 mm 8 mm

EL42-0304 4.0 mm 8 mm 6.3 mm

EL42-0302 3.15 mm 6.3 mm 5 mm

EL42-0300 2.5 mm 5 mm 4 mm

Elongation IndexBS 812

This method classifies aggregate elongation by measuring the length of individual particles. The test is not applicable to material retained on a 63.0 mm BS test sieve.

Ordering Information EL42-0820 Length Gauge manufactured to the dimensions specified in BS 812. Weight 700 g.

Determination of the Shape Index

This method described in EN933-4 measures the ratio of length to width of individual aggregate particles using a vernier calliper and a specially designed 3:1 length gauge.

Ordering Information EL42-0821 3:1 Shape Index Calliper. Weight 1 kg.

Vernier Calliper see Laboratory Equipment Section.

EL42-0600 Set of Flakiness Sieves

EL42-0820 Length Gauge

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL42-03 series Grid Sieve

Page 108: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

106

42 Aggregates - Density, Voids and Bulking

Density, Voids and Bulking

As with any porous material, the value obtained for the particle density of an aggregate will depend on the method of test and apparatus used. Different particle sizes within a sample often have different particle densities. The term particle density expressed in Mg/m3 is numerically equal to the specific gravity. Various methods, depending upon the type and size of material to be tested, are specified in Standards for testing aggregate.

Particle Density (specific gravity) and Water AbsorptionEN 1097-6, 12697-6, BS 812; ASTM C127; AASHTO T85

Method for aggregate between 63 mm and 5 mm.

Buoyancy Balance 6000 g

The buoyancy balance system developed by ELE consists of a rigid support frame, incorporating a water tank mounted on a platform.

A mechanical lifting device is used to raise the water tank through the frame height immersing the specimen suspended below the balance.

The balance supplied may also be used as a standard weighing device, thus providing a versatile and comprehensive weighing system in the laboratory.

Ordering Information EL42-1000/01 Bouyancy Balance. 6000 g x 0.1 g supplied with frame, water tank and suspension hook. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Accessory EL42-1005 Wire Basket with handle for BS 812 Relative Density. 200 mm diameter x 190 mm deep, 1.70 mm wire mesh.

Particle Density (specific gravity) and Water AbsorptionBS 812; ASTM C128; AASHTO T84

Method for aggregate 20 mm and smaller The gas jar method described in BS 812 is suitable for all aggregates smaller than 20 mm in size and is particularly suited to friable aggregates. The pyknometer method described in ASTM C128 is suitable for determining the particle density of samples of fine aggregates. The particle density of fillers can be determined using the density bottle method specified for testing cement.

Ordering Information EL42-1700 Sand Absorption Cone made of brass to the dimensions given in BS 812, ASTM C128 and AASHTO T84. Weight 250 g.

EL42-1720 Tamping Rod for use with cone. Tamping face is 25 mm diameter and complies with BS 812, ASTM C128 and AASHTO T84. Weight 400 g.

Bulk Density Measures

Manufactured from heavy gauge steel these bulk density measures comply with the requirements of either BS 812 or ASTM C-29. Other than the 3 litre size, all measures incorporate carrying handles as standard.

EL42-1995 Set of two measures

Capacity Standard

3 litre

7 litre

BS 812; ASTM C29

BS 812

EL34-2800 Set of three measures

Capacity Standard

10 litre

15 litre

30 litre

BS 812-2, 3797, EN 1097-3 12350-6, ASTM C138

BS 812; ASTM C138

BS 812; ASTM C138

EL42-1000/01 Buoyancy Balance

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 109: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

42 Aggregates - Soundness and Chemical Tests42 Aggregates - Density, Voids and Bulking

107

Soundness and Chemical Tests

The presence of organic matter and certain chemicals can have a considerable influence on the strength and durability of concrete. The ability of aggregates to resist excessive change in volume (soundness) due to physical changes in the environment is also of importance. Knowledge of these potentially harmful factors will ensure that precautions can be taken at the mix design stage of a project.

Chloride Content: Rapid method

Quantab chloride titrators can be used for estimating the chloride content of aqueous solutions. They are suitable for site testing and quality control of aggregates requiring less than 30 minutes to obtain a result.

Ordering Information EL42-2950 Quantab Chloride Titrator Strips. Type 1175 titration range 0.005% to 0.1% (30 to 600 ppm) NaCl. Pack of 50. Weight 10 g.

EL42-2952 Quantab Chloride Titrator Strips. Type 1176 titration range 0.05% to 1% (300 to 6000 ppm) NaCl. Pack of 40. Weight 10 g.

Sulphate Content: Rapid method

A qualitative or semi-quantitative test is recommended for determining sulphate ions in aqueous solutions. Sulphate test strips are convenient measuring devices for preliminary assessment of sulphate content.

Ordering Information EL42-2958 Sulphate Test Strips. Detection range 200 to 900 mg/l. Pack of 100. Weight 10 g

Soundness of AggregatesBS 812; ASTM C88; AASHTO T104; EN 1367-2

The soundness of aggregates to physical changes caused by the environment is important to the long-term durability characteristics of concrete. Excessive changes in volume can be caused by freezing and thawing, thermal changes at temperatures greater than freezing, and cycles of wetting and drying.

Hydrometers and Wire Baskets see Laboratory Equipment Section.

Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregate ASTM C40

If aggregate contains organic impurities it may not be suitable for inclusion in concrete. Organic impurities, usually tannic acid and its derivatives, may interfere with the chemical reactions of hydration. Impurities are more likely to be found in fine (sand) aggregate.

Ordering Information EL42-3000 Glass Bottle. 12 ounce (300 ml approx) capacity, graduated at 2 , 4 and 7 ounce positions. Complete with screw cap. Weight 340 g.

EL42-3040 Colour Standard with five organic colour transparencies mounted in a holder.

Special Note: Sodium Hydroxide pellets are required but not supplied by ELE. EL42-2950 Quantab Chloride Titrator Strips

EL42-3040 Colour Standard

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 110: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

108

42 Aggregates - Mechanical Properties

Mechanical Properties

The diverse range of aggregates available to the engineer makes it essential to select a material that is adequate for a given application. The following equipment is designed to determine various mechanical characteristics that need to be known in order to select the most suitable and economic type of aggregate.

Aggregate Impact Value (AIV)BS 812-112

The apparatus has been designed in a particularly heavy duty form, with specially hardened steel surfaces for minimum wear. The assembly is heavily plated to ensure corrosion resistance and forms a rigid frame around the quick-release trigger mechanism which ensures an effective free fall of the hammer when released.

A built-in counter automatically indicates the number of blows delivered.

The apparatus is supplied complete with cylindrical measure 75 mm diameter x 50 mm deep, and a steel tamping rod 16 mm diameter x 600 mm long.

Ordering Information EL42-4000 Aggregate Impact Value Apparatus

Aggregate Crushing Value (ACV) and Ten Percent Fines Value (TFV) BS 812-110, 111

These tests are a measure of the crushing properties of aggregate and use the same basic equipment. The ACV test requires a standard load of 400 kN to be applied over a period of 10 minutes while the TFV test measures the force required to produce a specified depth of plunger penetration.

ACV/TFV Standard Test

Ordering Information EL42-4300 Aggregate Crushing Value Apparatus comprising 150 mm nominal diameter steel cylinder, plunger and base plate supplied complete with metal measure and tamping rod. Weight 16.6 kg.

SpareTamping Rod see EL34-0130 ACV/TFV Test for Aggregate Smaller than 10 mm

Ordering Information EL42-4500 Aggregate Crushing Value Apparatus comprising 75 mm nominal diameter steel cylinder, plunger and base plate supplied complete with metal measure and tamping rod. Weight 3.5 kg.

SpareEL42-4580 Tamping Rod. 8 mm diameter x 300 mm long with rounded end. Weight 350 g.

EL42-4000 Aggregate Impact Value Apparatus

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL42-4500 & EL42-4300 Aggregate Crushing Value Apparatus

Page 111: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

42 Aggregates - Mechanical Properties42 Aggregates - Mechanical Properties

109

Los Angeles Abrasion MachineEN 1097-2, ASTM C131, C535

u European and ASTM methodsu Revolution counter u Safety cut-out u Full width cover

The Los Angeles Machine comprises a heavy steel cylinder, rotated about its horizontal axis.

The cylinder incorporates a removable internal shelf, as specified in the ASTM and EN test methods.

The ELE Los Angeles Machine’s heavy duty steel cylinder is manufactured from structural steel plate conforming to S275 of EN 10025:1993.

The filling aperture is provided with a cover and a safety stop button is prominently positioned. The machine is fitted with a revolution counter and steel tray for specimen unloading. Supplied without abrasive charges which should be ordered separately.

Ordering Information EL42-5305/01 Los Angeles Abrasion Machine. Less charges. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1ph.

EL42-5310/01 Los Angeles Abrasion Machine with CE Safety Cabinet. Fitted with microswitches. Less charges. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

Accessories EL42-5300/10 Set of Abrasive Charges (ASTM)

EL42-5305/10 Set of Abrasive Charges (EN)

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL42-5305/01 Los Angeles Abrasion Machine

EL42-5310/01 Los Angeles Abrasion Machine with CE Safety Cabinet

Page 112: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

110

Asphalt

45 Analysis and Binder Recovery 45 Design and Testing of Bituminous Mixtures 45 Specific Gravity 46 Bitumen and Tar 47 Temperature and Density 47 Core Drilling 47 Pavement

The main engineering use of bituminous materials is for road construction, with the material consisting primarily of two ingredients: aggregate and binder.

The term Asphalt is simply one of two generic names used to classify or describe bituminous mixtures; the other being Macadam. In the USA the term Asphalt denotes what in the UK is known as Bitumen.

Within these two broad groups lie an almost infinite number of mixtures which can be specified to suit particular engineering requirements. Our latest testing equipment has therefore been developed to enable construction engineers and laboratory staff to carry out a wide range of industry standard tests quickly, simply and reliably.

Our range of manual and automatic equipment allows you to determine properties that include optimum binder content, aggregate grading and void content, using traditional methods such as the Marshall test.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 113: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

45 Asphalt - Analysis and Binder recoveryAsphalt

111

Analysis and Binder Recovery

Asphalt Centrifuge ExtractorsEN 12697-1; ASTM D2172; AASHTO T164

u Continuously variable speed control from 0 to 3,600 rpm (1500 g capacity model) u Brake control for rapid deceleration u Available in either 1500 g or 3000 g capacity models

The Centrifuge Extractor is used to determine the quantitative amount of bitumen in bituminous paving mixtures whilst providing high safety to the operator.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 559 x 305 x 508 mm

Control 1500 g 3000 g

Variable speed, 0-3600 rpm Variable speed, 0-2600 rpm

Cover

Precision-machined aluminium; removable, with integral cup for adding solvent

Housing Cast aluminium, sealed

Bowl

Precision-machined aluminium; removable

Filter discs 100 included

Weight

EL45-3800 35 kg EL45-3805 41 kg

Ordering Information EL45-3800/01 RotaTest 1500 g Capacity. Meets EN/ASTM. For 220 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1ph

EL45-3805/01 RotaTest 3000 g Capacity. For 220 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1ph.

Accessories EL45-3803 Filter Papers for EL45-3800. Pack of 100.

EL45-3807 Filter Papers for EL45-3805. Pack of 100.

SpareEL45-3805/10 Replacement Bowl. 3000 g.

Reflux Extractor (4000 gram)ASTM D2172; AASHTO T164

u 4000 gram capacity u Glass jar for visual observations u Thermostatically controlled hot plate

The 4000 gram capacity of the Reflux Extractor provides higher accuracy for acceptance testing procedures. This extractor has two cone type screens holding 2000 grams each. The unit consists of two cone screens, water condenser, pyrex reflux jar, a thermostatically controlled hot plate and a supply of filter paper.

Specification

Capacity 4000 g

Baskets Stainless steel wire, mounted; 2,000 g capacity. 2 included

Condenser Copper

Jar Pyrex glass, 280 mm diameter x 510 mm height

Hot plate Thermostatically controlled

Filter paper Coarse-textured (Grade 617); 40 cm diameter

Ordering Information EL45-3855/01 Reflux Extractor (4000 gram). For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1ph.

AccessoriesEL45-3857 Filter Paper. Pack of 50.

EL45-3855/01 Reflux Extractor

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL45-3800/01 RotaTest

Page 114: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

112

45 Asphalt - Design and Testing of Bituminous Mixtures

Mixing and Temperature

The density of Marshall specimens has a direct effect on stability and flow therefore the correct moulding and compaction of laboratory specimens is essential if economical design mixes are to be produced.

Efficient mixing, temperature and compaction control are closely related. Poor coating of the aggregate due to low temperatures during the mixing process will have a major effect on subsequent test results.

MixingEN 12697-35

A 5 litre (nominal) Mixer used in conjunction with an Isomantle is suitable for mixing samples of asphalt.

Bench-mounting Mixer. 5 litre nominal capacity. Supplied with bowl, beater and whisk see EL23-6191/01.

Ordering Information EL45-5580/01 Isomantle Electric Heater for use with EL23-6191 Bench Mounting Mixer. Weight 4.2 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Manual CompactionEN 12697-30

Ordering Information EL45-6310 Compaction Mould comprising mould body, baseplate and combined filling/extraction collar. Weight 3.5 kg.

EL45-6410 Compaction Pedestal BS 598 comprising a 300 mm sq x 25 mm thick steel plate complete with 4 tie rods and securing nuts. A mould clamp and hammer guide are fitted to the plate. The unit is supplied complete with a laminated hardwood block. Weight 40 kg.

EL45-6460 Compaction Hammer. Satisfies BS 598. The hammer has a 4535 g sliding weight with a free fall of 457 mm. Weight 7.85 kg.

EL45-6462 Paper Discs. Non-absorbent, 99 mm diameter, pack of 100. Weight 300 kg.

EL45-6463 Steel Block. 100 mm diameter x 50 mm height. For heating the compaction hammer foot. Weight 3 kg.

Accessories EL45-6490/01 60 L Water Bath with LED display, cover and internal perforated shelf. Temperature range ambient to 95°C ±1°C. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz 1ph.

Proctor/Core Cutter Extruder see EL23-4200

SparesEL45-6310/10 Compaction Mould Body accepts base-plate and filling/extraction collar of EL45-6310

EL45-6310/11 Baseplate for compaction mould

EL45-6310/12 Filling/Extraction Collar for compaction mould.

EL45-5580/01 Isomantle Electric Heater

EL45-6310 Compaction Mould

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 115: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

45 Asphalt - Design and Testing of Bituminous Mixtures45 Asphalt - Design and Testing of Bituminous Mixtures

113

Automatic Compaction

The use of automatic compaction will result in consistent and repeatable laboratory specimens. Testing houses and design consultants who use the Marshall method of mix design will benefit from automatic compaction apparatus, which releases staff for other work during the compaction process.

AutoComp 100-AEN 12697-10, -30

u Fully automatic, simple to operate u Built-in safety features u Uniform compaction u Automatic blow counter

This ruggedly constructed automatic compactor provides a consistent and even degree of compaction. The unit incorporates a compaction pedestal comprising a laminated hardwood block secured to a concrete base by a 300 mm square x 25 mm thick steel plate. The mechanism lifts the 4535 g hammer and automatically releases it at the specified height of 457 mm.

The conveniently positioned control fascia panel comprises of a mains light, start and stop buttons and a direct-reading counter used to set the required number of blows. During operation the AutoComp 100-A automatically counts down to zero. Dual rammer pick-ups have been incorporated, reducing stress on the machine’s internal mechanism.

Particular attention has been paid to operator safety by the inclusion of various in-built safety features.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 535 x 535 x 1880 mm

Compaction foot diameter 98.52 mm

Sliding weight 4535 g

Height of drop 457 mm

Weight 278 kg

Ordering Information EL45-6600/01 AutoComp 100-A as specified.For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

AccessoriesCompaction Mould see EL45-6310

Paper Discs see EL45-6462

Steel Block see EL45-6463

EL45-6600/01 AutoComp

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 116: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

114

45 Asphalt - Design and Testing of Bituminous Mixtures

Marshall Stability and Flow

The accurate measurement of stability and flow of specimens tested in a load frame is important if consistent and representative results are to be achieved. The load frames and ancillary items listed have been designed to enable technicians to test specimens quickly and easily with confident recording of results.

Marshall Test 50EN 12697-34

u Geared screwjack and motor driveu Precise speed u Internal limit switch for both directions of travel u Easy to use controls

This bench-mounting mechanical load frame is ruggedly constructed to encompass the strain and loads involved with the test. The unit is compact in size and can be quickly installed on a bench top, requiring only a power point. It has been designed for simple operation, is easy to clean and requires minimum maintenance.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 550 x 400 x 870 mm

Rated power 373 W

Platen speed 50.8 mm per minute

Weight 65 kg

Ordering Information EL45-6810/01 Marshall Test 50. Load frame, 50 kN capacity. Supplied without Breaking Head. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

EL45-6880 Flow Meter BS/EN. Dial gauge graduated 0.01 mm with 25 mm travel. Supplied with stem brake unit and flow meter pedestal. Weight 610 g.

EL45-6890 Flow Meter. Dial gauge graduated 0.001 inches with 1 inch travel. Supplied with stem brake unit and flow meter pedestal. Weight 610 g.

EL45-6850 Breaking Head (Marshall) complete with gauge disc. Supplied without flow meter. Weight 9 kg.

50 kN Load Measuring Ring. Calibrated in compression see EL78-0860.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Close-up of Breaking Head (Marshall) with accessories

EL45-6810 series Marshall Test 50 with accessories

Page 117: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

45 Asphalt - Design and Testing of Bituminous Mixtures45 Asphalt - Design and Testing of Bituminous Mixtures

115

Electronic Instrumentation

u Peak load and the corresponding flowu Windows® download software supplied u User-selectable SI, Metric and Imperial Units u ECU features large character LCD display

A limitation of using conventional dial gauges in the Marshall test is the difficulty of accurately synchronising the measurement of flow with that of peak load reading.

To overcome this limitation the Marshall Test 50 load frame can easily be fitted with optional electronic load and flow measurement transducers connected to EL27-1200/09 (E)lectronic (C)ontrol (U)nit for simpler test operation and data recording.

At the end of a test the ECU will automatically hold the maximum load and flow readings enabling test data to be downloaded to a PC using the Windows® software supplied as standard with ECU.

Analysis and reporting can then be easily created in MS Excel or equivalent software.

The ECU can be programmed to automatically stop the load frame should transducer limits be exceeded, protecting test accessories and load frame drive system.

The above combination results in a powerful package to satisfy modern day laboratory Marshall testing requirements for accuracy and reliability.

Ordering Information ECU Electronic Control and Readout Unit for use with ELE CBR, MultiPlex and Marshall machines see EL27-1200/09.

50 kN capacity S-type Load Cell see EL27-1559

EL45-6820/11 Flow Transducer. Pre-calibrated, for use with EL45-6850 Breaking Head.

MultiPlex 50 EN 12697-34, BS 598, 1377, 1924; ASTM D1883

Designed for performing laboratory CBR, Marshall stability and quick undrained triaxial tests on one load frame.

MultiPlex 50 Load Frame see EL25-3700/01

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL45-6810 series Marshall Test 50 with accessories

EL27-1200/09 ECU Electronic Control and Readout Unit

Page 118: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

116

45 Asphalt - Specific gravity

Specific Gravity

Vacuum Pyknometer (6000 Gram)EN 12697-5

u Large capacity design minimises segregation effectsu Lightweight polycarbonate construction u Transparent top for visual observations

The Vacuum Pyknometer is a large capacity unit used in the Rice Test for determining the maximum specific gravity of bituminous paving mixtures.

The Pyknometer has a total volume of approximately 10 litres and will conveniently accept samples of 6000 grams to minimise segregation effects. The unit is constructed of lightweight polycarbonate, with the upper half being transparent for visual observation of the effects of the vacuum.

The Vacuum Pyknometer Apparatus consists of a 6000 g pyknometer, vacuum pump with control valves/gauges, water trap and connection tubing.

Specification

Dimensions 273 x 406 mm (outside diameter x height)

Capacity Approx. 10 litres, 6000 g sample weight

Connections Water inlet valve; quick disconnect for vacuum gauge and hose

Weight 3.6 kg

Ordering Information EL45-9305/01 Vacuum Pyknometer Apparatus supplied complete with 6000 g pyknometer, vacuum pump with control valves/gauges, water trap and connection tubing. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1ph.

Spare EL45-9300 Vacuum Pyknometer, 6000 g

Rice Test Vibrator

The Rice Test Vibrator is used with the EL45-9300 6000 g Vacuum Pyknometer. Adjustable clamps hold the pyknometer securely to the base during vibration.

Specification

Dimensions 495 x 30 mm (height x base diameter)

Motor 1/20 hp, 1.6 amp

Weight 5.5 kg

Ordering Information EL45-9315/01 Rice Test Vibrator. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1ph. Accessory EL45-9315/10 Attachment required for 6000 gPyknometer. Timer Clock see EL81-0518

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL45-9300 Vacuum Pyknometer

EL45-9315/01 Rice Test Vibrator

Page 119: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

46 Asphalt - Bitumen and Tar45 Asphalt - Specific gravity

117

Sampling and Preparation

Hubbard-Carmick Specific Gravity BottlesISO 3838; ASTM D70; AASHTO T228; BS 4699

Ordering Information EL46-2190 Hubbard-Carmick Specific Gravity Bottle. Conical type 25 ml.

EL46-2191 Hubbard-Carmick Specific Gravity Bottle. Cylindrical type 24 ml.

Flash and Fire Point

There are a number of test methods using different equipment with closed or open cups. The Cleveland Flash Cup Apparatus is used to test cutback bitumen and may sometimes also be used to test penetration grade bitumen. The apparatus utilises the open cup test method. Note that results from different methods cannot be correlated.

Cleveland Flash Cup Apparatus Cleveland Open Cup MethodBS 2000-36, EN ISO 2592; ASTM D92; IP36

The ELE Semi-Automatic Cleveland Open Cup flashpoint Tester is equipped with an electrically heated cup (with a variable control to set temperature rise rate), a button-operated and electrically driven sweep arm and a test flame for use on natural gas. Bench mounted, the unit is incorporated in an easy to clean stainless steel case.

Specification

Temperature range Ambient to 400°C

Power 500 W maximum

Ramp rate Variable, manually controlled

Voltage 220/240 V, 50/60 Hz

Size (HxWxD) 33 x 31 x 29 cm

Weight 6.5 kg

Ordering Information EL46-3310/01 Cleveland Flash Cup Apparatus. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL46-219 series Hubbard-Carmick Specific Gravity Bottles

EL46-3310/01 Cleveland Flash Cup Apparatus

Page 120: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

118

46 Asphalt - Bitumen and Tar

Softening Point The test is performed in duplicate under closely controlled conditions. Water is used as the bath medium for binders with softening points below 80ºC. Above this temperature glycerol is used in place of water.

The softening point is a fundamental property of binders other than cutbacks and emulsions. The test is often referred to as the Ring and Ball test.

Ring and Ball ApparatusEN 1427, BS 2000-58

Ordering Information EL46-4605 BS/EN Ring and Ball Apparatus with 2 shouldered pattern rings, 2 ball-centring guides and 2 balls. The apparatus has a support frame and is retained in a heat resistant container. Weight 560 g.

EL46-4825/01 Magnetic Stirrer. Utilises a rotating magnetic field to induce variable speed stirring action. A built-in regulating transformer provides fine temperature control of liquid up to a maximum temperature of +150°C. The unit is suitable for use with the Ring and Ball Apparatus. Weight 2 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Accessories Thermometer see EL82-5272

Thermometer see EL82-5274

Penetration TestBS 2000-49, EN 1426, 13179-2, ASTM D5, AASHTO T49, IP 49

Ordering Information EL46-5290 Standard Penetrometer. Penetration readings are quickly taken using this simple to operate apparatus. The 150 mm diameter dial is graduated in 400 divisions of 0.1 mm. Supplied without needles and penetration tins. Weight 6 kg.

EL46-5295/01 Semi-automatic Penetrometer. As EL46-5290 but incorporates Digital Automatic Controller which releases the needle assembly. The time set is displayed by a bright, easy to read display. Weight 8.6 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz,1 ph.

Accessories EL46-5340/C Penetration Needle. Hardened steel, supplied with an NPL (National Physical Laboratory, UK) verification certificate. For testing to BS 2000-49 and ASTM D5. (Pack contains 1 needle only.) Weight 2.5 g.

EL46-5360/10 Penetration Needle (unverified), hardened steel.

EL46-5500/01 Constant Temperature Bath. A bench mounting bath specially designed for the conditioning of bitumen samples prior to penetration tests. Incorporating a highly accurate thermostat, the bath maintains a temperature between 21 and 56ºC ± 0.1ºC. An integral cooling coil, cover and deep tray for penetration testing are supplied as standard. Weight 18.2 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

EL46-5800 Transfer Dish

EL46-5860 Penetration Tin for penetrations between 200 and 350, approximately 70 mm diameter x 45 mm deep. Weight 30 g.

EL46-5861 Penetration Tin for penetrations below 200, approximately 55 mm diameter x 35 mm deep. Weight 25 g.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL46-4605 with EL46-4825/01 EL46-5295/01 Semi-automatic Penetrometer

Page 121: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

47 Asphalt - Temperature and Density46 Asphalt - Bitumen and Tar

119

Temperature and Density Delivery and compaction temperatures are probably the most common measurements taken during the placing of bituminous mixtures.

Digital Asphalt Thermometer

Supplied without probes the LCD display has large 12.5 mm characters and is powered by a standard PP3 battery or equivalent.

Specification

Range –50 to 1000ºC

Resolution Switchable 0.1 or 1.0°C

Weight 300 g

Ordering Information EL47-0202 Digital Asphalt Thermometer

Accessories

EL47-0202/10 EL47-0202/11 EL47-0202/14

250 Asphalt Probe

535 Asphalt Probe

Surface Probe

Max reading

250ºC 250ºC 500ºC

Length of probe

300 mm 500 mm 100 mm

Tip diameter (needle point)

6 mm 6 mm 4 mm

Probes are supplied with handle, 1 metre lead and K-type thermocouple plug as standard.

Percentage Refusal Density (PRD)EN 12697-32, 13280-4, BS 598-104

Percentage Refusal Density (PRD) is defined as the ratio of the initial dried bulk density of the sample to the final density (refusal density) expressed as a percentage.

Ordering Information EL47-0450 PRD Split Mould and Baseplate Weight 10.7 kg.

AccessoriesEL47-0455/01 Vibrating Hammer suitable for compacting asphalt samples. Weight 12.5 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

EL47-0480 300mm Shank complete with tamping feet 102mm and 146mm dia.

Oven see EL78-0110/01

Buoyancy Balance. 15 kg x 0.5 g see EL34-8100/09. Cradle see EL34-8105

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL47-0202 Digital Asphalt Thermometer

EL47-0450 PRD Split Mould and Baseplate

EL47-0455/01 Vibrating Hammer

Page 122: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

120

47 Asphalt - Core Drilling

Core Drilling

Compact Core Drill Machine This compact and portable core drilling machine is designed to cut cores up to 150 mm diameter from concrete, asphalt and similar hard construction material. The machine comprises a vertical support column which carries the drill head/motor assembly.

An integral water swivel is built into the drill head providing a 12 mm connection to an external water supply via 12 mm flexible hose (not supplied). The motor assembly comprises a 4 hp, 2-stroke petrol engine. Speeds of 800 rpm or 1200 rpm may be selected. A ball screw mechanism enables close control over drilling pressure and rapid return when drilling is completed.

The complete assembly is supplied on a rigid metal base frame with levelling facility and is suitable for vertically down drilling applications only.

Ordering Information EL47-5175 Compact Core Drill with Petrol Motor Unit.

Special note: Requires a continuous clean water supply via a 12 mm flexible hose (not supplied).

Core Barrels Suitable for use with the Universal and Compact Core Drilling Machines, this range of core barrels comprise a thin-wall tube 450 mm long with a series of cutting segments formed from diamond abrasive set in a specially formulated hard matrix. The cutting face has been carefully designed to remove material rapidly and obtain the highest possible drilling rates.

The solid back end includes a threaded fitting to connect to the waterswivel assembly of the core drill.

Size (diameter) Core barrel

100 mm EL47-5565

150 mm EL47-5605

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL47-5175 Compact Core Drill

Core Barrels

Page 123: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

47 Asphalt - Pavement47 Asphalt - Core Drilling

121

Surface Regularity Travelling Beam Device

The 3 metre long Travelling Beam Device is used to check for any irregularities in both concrete and bituminous road surfaces. A sensing unit comprising a wheel connected to an indicator provides a magnification of 4:1. Deviation of the surface from a straight-line is shown on a scale calibrated in increments of 2 mm up to 10 mm and 5 mm up to 25 mm. A dye-marker is fitted which may be used to identify suspect areas. Outrigger wheels provide mobility on site. The device is supplied as three sub-assemblies which are quickly assembled on site.

The Travelling Beam is supplied fitted with an autographic recorder providing a permanent record of the surface profile. Records up to 1 kilometre can be recorded on the special chart paper rolls used.

Ordering Information EL47-3025 Travelling Beam Device with Autographic Recorder, 3 metres long. Supplied without recorder charts (order separately). Weight 66 kg.

AccessoriesEL47-3130 Charts for Autographic Recorder. Pack of 10 rolls complete with 10 fibre-tipped pens. The charts are calibrated in units of 2 mm up to 10 mm and units of 5 mm up to 25 mm and will record up to a continuous distance of 1 kilometre. Weight 2.3 kg.

SparesEL47-3131 Fibre-tipped Pen for use with EL47-3025

Benkelman BeamAASHTO T256

u Lightweight constructionu Compact, telescopic design u Direct reading of deflectionu Anti-vibration system

Designed for maximum operator efficiency, the Benkelman Beam is manufactured from a lightweight, durable material which telescopes into a small, compact unit for ease of storage and transport.

Specification

Dimensions Main body (length) 1397 mm Arm (telescopic) extended 2400 mm Operating length, fully extended 3700 mm

Beam fulcrum ratio

2:1

Weight 15.9 kg

Ordering Information EL47-1460 Benkelman Beam complete with Dial Gauge 25mm travel x 0.02 mm divisions.

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL47-3025 Travelling Beam Device

EL47-1460 Benkelman Beam

Page 124: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

122

47 Asphalt - Pavement

Surface Dressing The main purpose of a surface dressing is to prevent weathering, disintegration of the pavement and to increase the resistance to skidding in wet weather. The rate of spread and application of the chippings and binder is specified for most applications. Test methods have been developed to determine the actual rate of spread and are described in British Standards.

Rate of Spread of Coated ChippingsEN 12272-1, BS 598-108

The equipment comprises a tray 300 mm square which, when used in conjunction with a specially calibrated spring balance, will determine the rate of spread of coated chippings in terms of kg/m2. The spring loaded balance will accept rates of spread between 4 and 16 kg/m2.

Between 5 and 10 trays are positioned in the path of the spreading machine and after the machine has passed over, each tray is lifted, together with the retained chippings, by means of four chains. The chains are hooked to the spring balance and the rate of spread is read directly from the balance scale.

Ordering Information EL47-0011 Calibrated Spring Balance. Weight 800 g.

EL47-0012 Tray and Chains comprising one 300 mm square tray and four chains.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL47-0011 Calibrated Spring Balance

Page 125: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

47 Asphalt - Pavement

123

Laboratory Solutions

Laboratory testing is a key service within the construction sector, for testing both raw materials and finished products, and as part of many university courses and research projects.

At ELE we have considerable expertise in helping customers in government, education and commercial sectors around the world set up and run effective construction materials testing laboratories.

In addition to developing and supplying advanced test equipment, including both hardware and software, we also provide advice and assistance on industry standards, test procedures and documentation, and also offer ongoing technical and applications support, with dedicated installation, commissioning and calibration services.

To help you either set up a new laboratory or develop your existing facilities, we now provide a comprehensive range of test sets which enable you to identify the equipment and procedures required to meet the needs of each industry standard that your laboratory has to meet.

These test sets detail the main product requirements as defined in each test standard, including principal equipment and ancillary items such as glassware, balances, sieves and drying ovens. This process avoids duplication of equipment and is therefore ideal for laboratories involved in multiple test procedures.

For more information please contact our sales team.

Laboratory Solutions

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 126: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

124

Rock Mechanics

70 Triaxial and Permeability 77 Strength

Rock mechanics is the theoretical and applied science of the mechanical behaviour of rock; in particular the response of rock to changes in stress distribution, both below and adjacent to a structure or excavation.

Carrying out complex and expensive in-situ tests to determine rock engineering parameters is generally uneconomical in all but the largest construction projects. By comparison, laboratory testing, combined with simple yet efficient field test equipment, offers an effective and reliable alternative.

Our range of rock testing equipment has therefore been developed to help you identify, prepare and accurately and reliably test rock samples using industry standard testing techniques.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 127: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

Rock Mechanics

125

Sample Preparation

Core Drill Cores may be cut from regular or irregular samples of rock or other material for end preparation prior to strength testing. Side guards and a drain tray provide protection against water spray and a sliding front allows access to the specimen clamp. The clamp provides maximum orientation for securing irregular block samples.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 500 x 500 x 1160 mm

Drill head travel 630 mm

Drill speeds 350 and 900 rpm

Weight 80 kg

Ordering Information EL70-0095/01 Core Drill. Supplied complete with 2 x NX Core Barrel. For 220–240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1ph.

GSP210/250 Core Trimmer/Cut-off Machine This unit, designed for use in Rock Mechanics, can also be used in mineralogy, ceramics and refractory sample preparation. Cores in excess of 140 mm length and cubes up to 100 mm square can also be prepared.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 406 x 915 x 760 mm

Two vices supplied 1– Regular and Irregular samples up to 70 x 125 mm 1– V-vice cores up to 57 mm diameter x 140 mm long

Blade capacity 200 mm

Rated power 750 W

Weight 118 kg

Ordering Information EL70-0250/01 GSP210/250 Core Trimmer/Cut-off Machine. Supplied complete with coolant recirculation pump/tank unit and 1 each diamond set cutting disc and double faced cup wheel. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph.

70 Rock Mechanics - Triaxial and Permeability

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL70-0095/01 Core Drill

EL70-0250/01 GSP210/250 Core Trimmer/Cut-off Machine

Page 128: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

126

70 Rock Mechanics - Triaxial and Permeability

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

ELE-Hoek Cells

u For use with pressures up to 70 MPa u Fast and effective specimen handling u Accessories for permeability testing

The ELE-Hoek cells in this section have been designed to accept the nominal NX core size as specified in International Standards.

The basic cell comprises a steel body and two steel end caps which are screwed to the body of the cell when in use. The body incorporates two self-sealing couplings; one for connecting to the hydraulic pressure system, the other for de-airing the cell chamber and for the attachment of pressure measurement devices if required. Hardened and ground spherical steel pistons and two jackets of the same diameter as the specimen are supplied.

Ordering Information EL70-1710 Hoek Cell NX (55 mm). Supplied complete with 2 jackets and 1 pair of load spreader pads. Weight 14.5 kg.

EL70-1712 Spare NX (55mm) jacket

ELE-Hoek Cell Specimen Extruder Ordering Information EL70-2725 Specimen Extruder. Extrudes the specimen from its jacket without the need to drain the confining fluid. Incorporates a rack and pinion mechanism mounted in a steel body, with adjustable back plate. Supplied with NX extruder adaptor set. Weight 11 kg.

EL70-2725 Specimen Extruder

EL70-1710 Hoek Cell NX

Page 129: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

70 Rock Mechanics - Triaxial and Permeability

127

Triaxial Testing

This machine incorporates the Advanced Digital Readout (ADR) Microprocessor System. The ADR is designed to minimise data entry during normal testing procedures and is fully described in the Concrete section.

These machines are specially adapted for use with ELE Hoek Triaxial Cells and feature fixed upper and lower platens with locations to centralise the triaxial cell assembly for maximum stability.

ELE-Hoek Cell ADR 2000 Compression Machine u High stability load frameu Calibration accuracy satisfies BS EN ISO 7500-1, ASTM E4

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 520 x 700 x 1300 mm

Capacity 2000 kN

Ram travel 50 mm

Display ADR Digital Readout

Platen diameter 178 mm

Accuracy Better than ± 1% over upper 90% of working range

Rated power 1350 W

Weight 600 kg

Ordering Information EL70-2620/01 ELE-Hoek Cell ADR 2000 Compression Machine supplied complete with digital readout, power pack, special upper and lower platens and gates. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Hydraulic Constant Pressure Systems

Successful triaxial tests on rock specimens require a means of providing a constant confining pressure. The hand operated system provides an accurate pressure that can be applied quickly and effectively to the ELE-Hoek Cells.

Hand-operated Pressure System

Specification

Pump Single piston

Maximum pressure 70 MPa

Gauge 300 mm diameter scale marked 0-70 MN/m2

Weight 14.8 kg

Ordering Information EL70-5000 Hand-operated Pressure System

70 Rock Mechanics - Triaxial and Permeability

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL70-2620/01 ELE-Hoek Cell ADR 2000 Compression Machine

EL70-5000 Hand-operated Pressure System

Page 130: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

128

70 Rock Mechanics - Triaxial and Permeability

Permeability of Rock

Investigating the permeability or flow of water through rock subjected to high confining pressures is often necessary. The capacity of a rock mass at depth to transmit or yield water is of particular importance when designing deep structures such as tunnels.

Permeability end caps used with ELE-Hoek Cells and constant pressure systems are a cost-effective solution suited to investigating the permeability of rock at high confining pressures in the laboratory.

To collect and measure the water which permeates through the rock specimen, a suitable burette such as EL25-4540 is recommended. Each permeability end cap incorporates a tubing connector which accepts standard 6 mm tubing, EL26-1926, used to connect the cell to the pressure system and burette.

Permeability End Caps

Supplied as a pair complete with spacer (distance) block.

Ordering Information EL70-1750 Permeability End Caps NX. Weight 6.2 kg.

Accessories 10 ml Burette see EL25-4540

Nylon Opaque Tubing (per metre) see EL26-1926

ELE Oil/Water Constant Pressure Systems u Sealed oil reservoiru Continuous constant pressure control

The ELE oil/water constant pressure system provides continuous variable pressure. The machine features a clear hydraulic/water interface reservoir, and digital pressure gauge range 0-3500 kPa.

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 240 x 400 x 500 mm

Maximum pressure 3500 kPa

Usable oil capacity 1 litre

Weight 12 kg

Ordering Information EL70-5130/01 PressureTest 3500 complete with 2 litres of oil and digital pressure gauge. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL70-1750 Permeability End Caps NX

EL70-5130/01 PressureTest 3500

Permeability Test

Page 131: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

70 Rock Mechanics - Triaxial and Permeability

129

Point-Load Strength Test

Digital Point-Load Test ApparatusEN DD ENV 1997-2, ASTM D-5731

Originally developed at Imperial College, London, the apparatus comprises a two-column fixed crosshead frame and a hand operated hydraulic jack.

Pressure applied by the jack extends the piston carrying the lower conical point. The upper point is fixed to the crosshead with a scale mounted on the frame to provide specimen diameter information for use in point load strength index calculations.

Pressure is indicated directly on the digital readout unit. Loads up to 55 kN can be applied to specimens as large as 101.6 mm in diameter.

The apparatus is supplied complete with heavy-duty face mask.

Specification

Capacity 55 kN

Maximum sample size 101.6 mm

Load range 0 to 55 kN x 0.001 kN

Weight 25 kg

Ordering Information EL77-0115 Digital Point-Load Test Apparatus

77 Rock Mechanics - Strength

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL77-0115 Digital Point-Load Test Apparatus

Page 132: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

130

Laboratory Equipment

78 Load Measurement 78 Drying and Weighing 79 Test Sieves80 Sieve Shakers 81 Laboratory Hardware82 Glass and Plastic Ware82 Temperature Measurement 82 General 85 Mobile Laboratories

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 133: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

Laboratory Equipment

131

Load RingsCalibrated in Compression

Clamped Boss Load Rings

u Repeatability within 0.2% of indicated load u Accuracy within ±1% of indicated load u Works calibrated

ELE Clamped Boss Load Rings are available in the range 1 kN to 50 kN.

The available capacities and performance of ELE load rings satisfy the requirements for accurate load measurement for a wide range of testing applications. The repeatability and accuracy of all clamped boss rings comply with the requirements of NIS 0415 Accreditation for the Calibration of Force Measuring Rings and Load Cells used in Soil Testing.

The repeatability of all load rings is within 0.2% of indicated load and accuracy is ±1% of indicated load over the upper 80% of the working range, at the calibration loads.

All clamped boss load rings are calibrated in kN and supplied with a calibration chart.

Complete with a detachable nipple, all rings are supplied in a protective foam moulding.

Ordering Information

Complete with a detachable nipple, all rings, are supplied in a protective foam moulding.

Typical load measurement applications for load rings

78 Laboratory Equipment - Load Measurement

Capacity Typical design sensitivity

Model number kN kgf lbf N/div kgf/div lbf/div Overall height mm Approx weight kg

EL78-0060 2.0 200 450 1.3 0.13 0.30 248 3.2

EL78-0160 3.0 300 650 2.0 0.20 0.43 248 3.3

EL78-0260 4.5 450 1000 3.0 0.30 0.66 248 3.5

EL78-0460 10.0 1000 2250 7.7 0.77 1.73 248 4.6

EL78-0760 28.0 2800 6000 25.5 2.54 5.45 248 5.4

EL78-0860 50.0 5000 11200 45.5 4.54 10.18 248 7.9

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 134: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

132

78 Laboratory Equipment - Load Measurement

Electronic Balances

Ordering Information

Catalogue Number Capacity Resolution

Pan Size Mains and Battery

Dimensions(l x w x h)

Weight

EL78-5335/01 250 g x 0.1 mg 100 mm dia 470 x 185 x 280 mm 12 kg

EL78-5405/01 450 g x 0.001 g 125 x 125 mm 300 x 205 x 90 mm 6 kg

EL78-5447/01 2500 g x 0.01 g 160 x 160 mm 260 x 170 x 90 mm 6 kg

EL78-5456/01 4500 g x 0.01 g 160 x 160 mm 260 x 170 x 90 mm 6 kg

EL78-5457/01 8000 g x 0.1 g 225 x 300 mm YES 340 x 320 x 125 mm 4 kg

EL78-5477/01 16000 g x 0.5 g 225 x 300 mm YES 340 x 320 x 125 mm 4 kg

EL78-5485/01 20000 g x 0.1 g 340 x 300 mm 314 x 460 x 125 mm 18 kg

EL78-5527/01 32000 g x 1.0 g 225 x 300 mm YES 340 x 320 x 125 mm 6 kg

EL78-5655/01 60000 g x 5.0 g 425 x 525 mm YES 700 x 425 x 950 mm 15 kg

EL78-5666/01 75000 g x 20.0 g 310 x 300 mm YES Base 300 x 310 x 50 mm Indicator 80 x 270 x 30 mm

5 kg

For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 135: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

78 Laboratory Equipment - Load Measurement

133

Mechanical Balances

Ordering Information

78 Laboratory Equipment - Load Measurement

Model number Description Capacity Resolution Pan size (diameter)

Overall dimensions (l x w x h)

Weight

EL78-7090 Harvard Trip Balance 2000 g 0.1 g 2 x 150 mm 152 x 356 x 254 mm 2.7 kg

EL78-7110

Set of Weights for EL78-7090

2.5 kg

EL78-7140 Triple Beam Balance 2610 g 0.1 g 150 mm 470 x 180 x 150 mm 3.2 kg

EL78-7600

Heavy-duty Solution Balance

20000 g 1.0 g 280 mm 279 x 864 x 279 mm 20.0 kg

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL78-7090 Harvard Trip Balance EL78-7140 Triple Beam Balance

EL78-7600 Heavy-duty Solution Balance

Page 136: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

134

78 Laboratory Equipment - Drying and Weighing

Rapid Drying

Hotplate

A hotplate offers an alternative method of drying materials in bulk. Even heat distribution is not as good as an enclosed chamber, however sensible use of the hotplate will often enable test requirements to be met satisfactorily.

Specification

Construction Cast-iron top and base ventilated sheet-steel body

Nominal diameter 200 mm

Maximum temperature 500ºC

Rated power 2000 W

Weight 5 kg

Ordering InformationEL78-2950/01 Hotplate fitted with a Simmerstat heat control unit. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Digital Hotplate

Specification

Dimensions 520 x 360 x 130 mm

Construction Robust metal with anodised aluminium plate heated surface

Maximum temperature 300 x 1ºC

Rated power 1500 W

Ordering InformationEL78-3104/01 Digital Hotplate fitted with digital setting of plate temperature controlled via microprocessor. Includes digital temperature indication. Temperature display resolution of ±1°C. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz 1ph.

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

EL78-2950/01 Hotplate

EL78-3104/01 Digital Hotplate

Page 137: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

78 Laboratory Equipment - Drying and Weighing

135

Large Capacity Drying Oven

These ovens are designed for drying large quantities of soils and aggregate samples and maintain temperature in accordance with BS1377.

Constructed from mild steel with a coated exterior and an aluminium coated steel chamber, the ovens are fitted with a thermostatic control and feature fan-circulation for even temperature distribution throughout the interior. A safety overheat thermostat is fitted as standard and the units are supplied with the temperature indicator pre-set to 105 – 110°C.

Note: these ovens have a 2-year warranty.

Specification

Capacity 225 litres

Dimensions (l x w x h) External Internal

540 x 1040 x 940 440 x 920 x 600

Fluctuation ± 0.75°C

Rated power heater elements 2000 W

Shelves supplied 3

Shelf positions 4

Weight 80 kg

Ordering InformationEL78-0110/01 225 litre Drying Oven. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

AccessoryEL78-1245 Dial Thermometer. 0 – 300°C, 40 mm diameter dial with collar fixing for door.

General Purpose Ovens

These ovens meet the requirements of BS 2648, 598, 1377 and 1924. The exterior is constructed from sheet steel finished in powder coated paint. The chambers are made from aluminium clad mild steel, fitted with shelf runners and wire grid shelves. All units are fan circulated and fitted with direct reading thermostat and overheat thermostat.

Ordering InformationEL78-1215/01 50 litre Drying Oven. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

EL78-1225/01 100 litre Drying Oven. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

EL78-1235/01 150 litre Drying Oven. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph.

78 Laboratory Equipment - Drying and Weighing

Specification EL78-1215 Series EL78-1225 Series EL78-1235 Series

Capacity 50 litres 100 litres 150 litres

Dimensions (l x w x h) External Internal

570 x 610 x 580330 x 490 x 330

700 x 610 x 700460 x 490 x 450

780 x 610 x 800540 x 490 x 550

Temperature range 40 to 250°C 40 to 250°C 40 to 250°C

Fluctuation ± 0.75°C ± 0.75°C ± 0.75°C

Rated power heater elements 1000 W 1200 W 1500 W

Shelves supplied 2 3 3

Shelf positions 3 4 5

Weight 26 kg 44 kg 60 kg

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

EL78-0110/01 225 litre Drying Oven

EL78-1215/01 50 litre Drying Oven

Page 138: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

136

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

79 Laboratory Equipment - Test Sieves

Special Note:

Sizes and models highlighted in this colour comply to ISO 3310.

Sizes and models highlighted in this colour comply to EN933-2.

Test Sieves

Particle Size Analysis

Particle Size Analysis is probably performed in most, if not all, laboratories engaged in testing materials for civil engineering applications. The range of sieves offered include ISO, EN, BS and ASTM sieves.

Woven wire test sieves are manufactured from stainless steel mesh. Perforated plate test sieves are manufactured from tinned steel plate. All test sieves, unless otherwise indicated, are supplied with full-depth frames.

Woven Wire Mesh SievesBrITISH STANDArD SIEVES BS 410/ISO 3310

Aperture size Frame diameter

200 mm 300 mm

38 µm EL79-0040 EL79-2040

45 µm EL79-0050

53 µm EL79-0060

63 µm EL79-0070 EL79-2070

75 µm EL79-0080 EL79-2080

80 µm EL79-0085 EL79-2085

90 µm EL79-0090 EL79-2090

100 µm EL79-0095 EL79-2095

106 µm EL79-0100

125 µm EL79-0110 EL79-2110

150 µm EL79-0120 EL79-2120

160 µm EL79-0125

180 µm EL79-0130 EL79-2130

200 µm EL79-0135 EL79-2135

212 µm EL79-0140 EL79-2140

250 µm EL79-0150 EL79-2150

300 µm EL79-0160 EL79-2160

315 µm EL79-2165

355 µm EL79-0170 EL79-2170

400 µm EL79-0175 EL79-2175

425 µm EL79-0180 EL79-2180

500 µm EL79-0190 EL79-2190

600 µm EL79-0200 EL79-2200

630 µm EL79-2205

710 µm EL79-0210

800 µm EL79-0215

850 µm EL79-0220 EL79-2220

1.00 mm EL79-0230 EL79-2230

1.18 mm EL79-0240 EL79-2240

1.25 mm EL79-0245 EL79-2245

1.40 mm EL79-0250

1.60 mm EL79-0255 EL79-2255

1.70 mm EL79-0260 EL79-2260

2.00 mm EL79-0270 EL79-2270

2.36 mm EL79-0280 EL79-2280

2.50 mm EL79-0285 EL79-2285

2.80 mm EL79-0290 EL79-2290

3.35 mm EL79-0300 EL79-2300

4.00 mm EL79-0310 EL79-2310

4.75 mm EL79-0320 EL79-2320

6.70 mm EL79-0340

Page 139: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

137

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

79 Laboratory Equipment - Test Sieves 79 Laboratory Equipment - Test Sieves

Perforated Plate Sieves (Square Hole)BrITISH STANDArD SIEVES BS 410/ISO 3310

Aperture size Frame diameter

200 mm 300 mm

4.00 mm EL79-1500 EL79-2500

4.75 mm EL79-1510 EL79-2510

5.00 mm EL79-1515 EL79-2515

5.60 mm EL79-2520

6.30 mm EL79-1525 EL79-2525

6.70 mm EL79-1530 EL79-2530

8.00 mm EL79-1540 EL79-2540

9.50 mm EL79-1550 EL79-2550

10.0 mm EL79-1555 EL79-2555

11.2 mm EL79-2560

12.5 mm EL79-1565 EL79-2565

13.2 mm EL79-1570 EL79-2570

14.0 mm EL79-1575 EL79-2575

16.0 mm EL79-1580 EL79-2580

19.0 mm EL79-1590 EL79-2590

20.0 mm EL79-1595 EL79-2595

22.4 mm EL79-2600

25.0 mm EL79-1605 EL79-2605

28.0 mm EL79-1615 EL79-2615

31.5 mm EL79-1630 EL79-2630

37.5 mm EL79-1640 EL79-2640

40.0 mm EL79-2645

45.0 mm EL79-2650

50.0 mm EL79-1655 EL79-2655

53.0 mm EL79-2660

63.0 mm EL79-1670 EL79-2670

75.0 mm EL79-1680 EL79-2680

80.0 mm EL79-2684

90.0 mm EL79-2690

125 mm EL79-2710

Lids and Receivers ISO and BS Sieves

Sieve diameter 200 mm 300 mm

Lid EL79-0010 EL79-2010

Receiver EL79-0020 EL79-2020

Washing Sieve

EL79-7001 75 µm Washing Sieve. 200 mm diameter, 200 mm deep.

Special Note:

Sizes and models highlighted in this colour comply to ISO 3310.

Sizes and models highlighted in this colour comply to EN933-2.

Page 140: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

138

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

79 Laboratory Equipment - Test Sieves

Test Sieves

ASTM E11 sieves are similar in construction to those used in the British Standard range.

Woven Wire Mesh Sieves

Two frame sizes are available as standard, 8 inch or 12 inch diameter.

Aperture size Alternative designation

Frame diameter

8 inch 12 inch

38 µm No. 400 EL79-5300 EL79-6100

45 µm No. 325 EL79-5290 EL79-6090

53 µm No. 270 EL79-5280 EL79-6080

63 µm No. 230 EL79-5270 EL79-6070

75 µm No. 200 EL79-5260 EL79-6060

90 µm No. 170 EL79-5250 EL79-6050

106 µm No. 140 EL79-5240 EL79-6040

125 µm No. 120 EL79-5230 EL79-6030

150 µm No. 100 EL79-5220 EL79-6020

180 µm No. 80 EL79-5210 EL79-6010

212 µm No. 70 EL79-5200 EL79-6000

250 µm No. 60 EL79-5190 EL79-5990

300 µm No. 50 EL79-5180 EL79-5980

355 µm No. 45 EL79-5170 EL79-5970

425 µm No. 40 EL79-5160 EL79-5960

500 µm No. 35 EL79-5150 EL79-5950

600 µm No. 30 EL79-5140 EL79-5940

710 µm No. 25 EL79-5130 EL79-5930

850 µm No. 20 EL79-5120 EL79-5920

1.00 mm No. 18 EL79-5110 EL79-5910

1.18 mm No. 16 EL79-5100 EL79-5900

1.40 mm No. 14 EL79-5090 EL79-5890

1.70 mm No. 12 EL79-5080 EL79-5880

2.00 mm No. 10 EL79-5070 EL79-5870

2.36 mm No. 8 EL79-5060 EL79-5860

2.80 mm No. 7 EL79-5050 EL79-5850

3.35 mm No. 6 EL79-5040 EL79-5840

4.00 mm No. 5 EL79-5030 EL79-5830

4.75 mm No. 4 EL79-5020 EL79-5820

5.60 mm No. 31/2 EL79-5010 EL79-5810

6.30 mm 1/4 in. EL79-5000 EL79-5800

6.70 mm 0.265 in. EL79-5490 EL79-6190

Woven Wire Mesh Sieves

Aperture size Alternative designation

Frame diameter

8 inch 12 inch

8.00 mm 5/16 in. EL79-5500 EL79-6200

9.50 mm 3/8 in. EL79-5510 EL79-6210

11.2 mm 7/16 in. EL79-5520 EL79-6220

12.5 mm 1/2 in. EL79-5530 EL79-6230

13.2 mm 0.530 in. EL79-5540 EL79-6240

16.0 mm 5/8 in. EL79-5550 EL79-6250

19.0 mm 3/4 in. EL79-5560 EL79-6260

22.4 mm 7/8 in. EL79-5570 EL79-6270

25.0 mm 1 in. EL79-5580 EL79-6280

26.5 mm 1.06 in. EL79-6290

31.5 mm 11/4 in. EL79-6300

37.5 mm 11/2 in. EL79-5610 EL79-6310

45.0 mm 13/4 in. EL79-6320

50.0 mm 2 in. EL79-5630 EL79-6330

53.0 mm 2.12 in. EL79-6340

63.0 mm 21/2 in. EL79-5650 EL79-6350

75.0 mm 3 in. EL79-5660 EL79-6360

90.0 mm 31/2 in. EL79-6370

100 mm 4.0 in. EL79-6380

125 mm 5.0 in. EL79-6400

Lids and Receivers ISO and BS Sieves

Diameter 8 inch 12 inch

Lid EL79-5400 EL79-6150

Receiver EL79-5410 EL79-6160

Sieve Brushes

Ordering InformationEL79-7200 Sieve Brush. Double-ended, brass and nylon bristle.

EL79-7210 Sieve Brush. Nylon, double-ended.

Sieve Brushes

Ordering InformationEL79-7000 75 µm Washing Sieve. 8 in diameter x 8 in deep.

Page 141: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

139

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

79 Laboratory Equipment - Test Sieves 80 Laboratory Equipment - Sieve Shakers

Sieve Shaker

Hand sieving of a large number of samples can often be tedious and sometimes lead to inaccuracy of results. The following machine provides a wide choice of options for the busy laboratory.

ELE Sieve ShakerEN 932-5

The ELE sieve shaker is powered by an electromagnetic drive that has no rotating parts to wear making it maintenance free and extremely quiet in operation.

The unit features a triple Vertical-Lateral-Rotary vibrating action that moves the sample over the sieve producing faster more efficient sieving, while the rapid vertical movements also help keep the apertures from blinding.

The shaker is ideal for laboratory or on site use. It is robust, compact and sufficiently lightweight to be portable. The separate digital microprocessor controlled console unit incorporates a keypad for setting the sieving program and is isolated from any effects of vibration from the shaker.

As standard the shaker includes, timer 0-999 minutes, adjustable vibration intensity and adjustable intermittent or continuous operation.

The unit accepts up to ten 200 mm or 8 inch, full height, diameter sieves and lid and receiver, or up to six 300 mm or 12 inch diameter sieves and lid and receiver.

Ordering Information

EL80-0200/01 ELE Sieve Shaker complete as specified.Dimensions (l x w x h) 380 x 440 x 1085 mm. Weight 65 kg. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz 1ph.

EL80-0200/01 ELE Sieve Shaker

Page 142: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

140

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

81 Laboratory Hardware - Laboratory Hardware

Laboratory Hardware

The laboratory hardware listed provides a comprehensive range of products suitable for most general test applications.

Stand, Bosshead and Clamp

Ordering Information

Model Number Description

EL81-0094 Support Assembly. Comprising retort stand, bosshead and clamp.

Spatulas

Ordering Information

Model Number Description

EL81-0100 Spatula. 100 mm blade with wooden handle.

EL81-0120 Spatula. 150 mm blade with wooden handle.

EL81-0140 Spatula. 200 mm blade with wooden handle.

EL81-0180 Chattaway Spatula. 125 mm long.

Scoops and Shovels

Ordering Information

Model Number Description

EL81-0200 Scoop. 70 x 110 x 40 mm, cast aluminium with handle.

EL81-0220 Scoop. 120 x 190 x 70 mm, cast aluminium with handle.

EL81-0222 Scoop. 250 mm long x 125 mm dia. stainless steel, 5 kg capacity.

EL81-0240 Shovel. With flat blade 250 x 300 mm. Weight 3 kg.

Trowels and Floats

Ordering Information

Model Number Description

EL81-0310 Trowel. Gardeners type, stainless steel blade.

EL81-0335 Trowel. Gauging with steel blade 200 mm long, complies with BS 4550.

EL81-0340 Float. Plasterer’s type, with steel blade 280 x 115 mm. Weight 450 g.

EL81-0094 Support Assembly

EL81-01 series Spatulas

Scoops and Trowels

Page 143: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

141

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

81 Laboratory Hardware - Laboratory Hardware 81 Laboratory Equipment - Laboratory Hardware

Rubber Tubing

Ordering Information

Model Number Internal diameter Outside diameter

EL81-0375 6.5 mm 16.5 mm

Rubber tubing is priced per metre. EL81-0375 is suitable for vacuum applications.

Watches and Clocks

Ordering Information

Model Number Description

EL81-0518 Timer Clock. Battery-operated. Easy to read digital display of hours, minutes and seconds. Timer counts down and sounds beeping tone. Clock functions independently of timer. Supplied complete with battery. Dimensions 13 x 64 x 58 mm (l x w x h).

EL81-0521 Stop Watch. LCD quartz watch, features alarm, time/calendar display, 30 minute count in 1/100 sec. Battery-operated. Dimensions 20 x 60 x 80 mm (l x w x h).

Miscellaneous Laboratory Hardware

Ordering Information

Model Number Description Size/capacity Weight

EL81-0480 Crucible Tongs. Straight, 200 mm long 100 g

EL81-0500 Heavy-duty Rubber Gloves 700 g

EL81-0508 Heat-resistant Gloves, with gauntlet 500 g

EL81-0594 Chisel, masonry type 300 x 20 mm 1 kg

EL81-0588 Vernier Callipers 200 x 0.02 mm 100 g

EL81-0590 Vernier Callipers, LCD 200 x 0.01 mm 100 g

EL81-0705 Wire Brush 300 g

EL81-0710 Trimming Knife 130 mm long 150 g

EL81-0715 Straight Edge 455 mm long 600 g

EL81-0805 Engineer’s Steel Rule 300 mm 100 g

EL81-4765 Polythene Bag, pack of 100 380 x 254 mm 2.5 kg

EL81-4775 Polythene Bag, pack of 50 450 x 1000 mm 10.5 kg

EL81-5100 Rubber Bucket 9 litres (2 gal) 3 kg

EL81-0375 Rubber Tubing

EL81-0518 Timer Clock

Page 144: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

142

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

81 Laboratory Equipment - Laboratory Hardware

Moisture Content Tin and Sample Containers

Ordering Information

Model Number

Description Weight

EL81-2979

Moisture Content Tin. Tin plate, (unnumbered). 90 mm diameter x 20 mm deep. 90 g capacity.

18 g

EL81-3000

Sample Container. Tinned Steel. Lever Lid, 0.5 litres.

100 g

EL81-3040

Sample Container. Tinned Steel. Lever Lid, 2.5 litres.

200 g

EL81-3060 Sample Container. Tinned Steel. Lever Lid, 10 litres.

600 g

EL81-3500 Sample Container. Plastic, Snap-on lid, 1 litre.

100 g

EL81-3540

Sample Container. Plastic, Snap-on lid, 10 litres.

600 g

EL81-3545

Transport/storage Container. 22 (approx) litres.

1 kg

Sample Trays

Ordering Information

Model Number

Description Weight

EL81-4020

Sample Tray. Heavy-duty, galvanised steel, nesting 306 x 306 x 38 mm.

1.10 kg

EL81-4030

Sample Tray. Heavy-duty, galvanised steel, nesting 406 x 406 x 50 mm.

1.60 kg

EL81-4080

Sample Tray. Heavy-duty, galvanised steel, nesting 610 x 610 x 63 mm.

2.60 kg

EL81-4160

Sample Tray. Heavy-duty, galvanised steel, nesting 910 x 910 x 76 mm.

8 kg

EL81-4230

Sample Tray. Heavy-duty, galvanised steel, nesting 1200 x 1160 x 50 mm.

12.50 kg

EL81-4700

Sample Tray. Stainless steel spinning, without seams 305 mm diameter x 50 mm.

1.0 kg

Wire Baskets

Ordering Information

Model Number

Dimensions

EL81-4819 Wire Basket. BS 812 Type 1, EN 1367-2, 65 mm dia x 80 mm deep, 150 µm wire mesh.

EL81-4821 Wire Basket. BS 812 Type 2, EN 1367-2, 95 mm dia x 120 mm deep, 600 µm wire mesh.

EL81-4823

Wire Basket. BS 812 Type 3, EN 1367-2, 95 mm dia x 120 mm deep, 1.18mm wire mesh.

EL81-4825 Wire Basket. BS 812 Type 4, EN 1367-2, 120 mm dia x 120 mm deep, 3.35 mm wire mesh.

Beakers and Bowls

Ordering Information

Model Number

Description

EL81-4779 Beaker. 500 ml capacity, aluminium.

EL81-5020 Bowl. 2.5 (approx) litre capacity, stainless steel.

EL81-5040 Bowl. 5 (approx) litre capacity, stainless steel.

EL81-5060 Bowl. 11 (approx) litre capacity, stainless steel.

Page 145: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

143

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

81 Laboratory Equipment - Laboratory Hardware 82 Laboratory Equipment - glass and Plastic Ware

Glass and Plastic Ware

Beakers and Covers

Ordering Information

Model Number

Description Capacity

EL82-0120 Beaker, borosilicate glass, squat form.

100 ml

EL82-0140

Beaker, borosilicate glass, squat form.

250 ml

EL82-0200

Beaker, borosilicate glass, squat form.

600 ml

EL82-0220 Beaker, borosilicate glass, squat form.

1000 ml

EL82-0260 Beaker Cover, watch glass. Borosilicate glass, 100 mm dia.

Measuring Cylinders, BS

Ordering Information

Model Number

Description Capacity

EL82-0380

Measuring Cylinder, soda glass, spouted, BS EN 4788.

100 ml

EL82-0420 Measuring Cylinder, soda glass, spouted, BS EN 4788.

250 ml

EL82-0460 Measuring Cylinder, soda glass, spouted, BS EN 4788.

500 ml

EL82-0500 Measuring Cylinder, soda glass, spouted, BS EN 4788.

1000 ml

EL82-1840 Measuring Cylinder, plastic with spout, graduated to BS 5404.

100 ml

EL82-1860 Measuring Cylinder, plastic with spout, graduated to BS 5404.

250 ml

EL82-1880 Measuring Cylinder, plastic with spout, graduated to BS 5404.

500 ml

EL82-1900 Measuring Cylinder, plastic with spout, graduated to BS 5404.

1000 ml

Pipettes and Burettes

Ordering Information

Model Number

Description Capacity

EL82-1240

Graduated Pipette, Type 1, Class B, BS 700 0.10 ml sub-divisions.

10 ml (nominal)

EL82-1260 Graduated Pipette, Type 1, Class B, BS 700 0.25 ml sub-divisions.

25 ml (nominal)

EL82-1300 Bulb Pipette, BS 1583. 50 ml

EL82-1440 Burette, soda glass with single-bore stopcock, BS EN ISO 385 Class B, 0.10 sub-divisions.

50 ml (nominal)

Evaporating Dishes

Ordering Information

Model Number Description

EL82-1970 Evaporating Dish, shallow form with spout, porcelain 100 x 40 mm nominal diameter x height.

EL82-2000 Evaporating Dish, shallow form with spout, porcelain 150 x 45 mm nominal diameter x height.

EL82-2010 Evaporating Dish, shallow form with spout, porcelain 200 x 55 mm nominal diameter x height.

Page 146: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

144

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

82 Laboratory Equipment - glass and Plastic Ware

Funnels and Flasks

Ordering Information

Model Number

Description Capacity

EL82-1000

Volumetric Flask, soda glass, stoppered to BS ISO 1042 Class B.

100 ml

EL82-1020

Volumetric Flask, soda glass, stoppered to BS ISO 1042 Class B.

250 ml

EL82-1040

Volumetric Flask, soda glass, stoppered to BS ISO 1042 Class B.

500 ml

EL82-1060 Volumetric Flask, soda glass, stoppered to BS ISO 1042 Class B.

1000 ml

EL82-1120 Conical Flask (Erlenmeyer), borosilicate glass, wide mouth graduated, 100 ml sub-divisions (nominal).

500 ml

EL82-1140 Conical Flask (Erlenmeyer), borosilicate glass, wide mouth graduated, 50 ml sub-divisions (nominal).

250 ml

EL82-2350

Filter Flask, conical type with integral side arm.

1000 ml

EL82-2200 Buchner Funnel, size no. 5 accepts 110 mm diameter filter paper.

EL82-2660

Funnel, polythene, 200 mm diameter.

Desiccators

Ordering Information

Model Number

Description

EL82-2100

Desiccator, non-vacuum type, 200 mm internal diameter borosilicate glass. Supplied with perforated zinc disc.

EL82-2110

Desiccator Cabinet, non-vacuum, internal dimensions 300 x 300 mm acrylic plastic. Supplied with 1 shelf and 2 desiccant trays.

EL82-2170

Desiccator, vacuum type, 280 mm internal diameter, soda glass. Supplied with perforated zinc disc and stopcock.

EL82-2180 Safety Cage for EL82-2170.

Bottles and Crucibles

Ordering Information

Model Number

Description

EL82-1540 Weighing Bottle, glass with stopper, 25 x 50 mm diameter x height.

EL82-2500 Wash Bottle, polythene, 500 ml capacity.

EL82-3060 Reagent Bottle, 1000 ml, amber glass plastic stopper.

EL82-3145 Polythene Bottle, wide neck, screw cap, 1 litre.

EL82-3149 Polythene Bottle, wide neck, screw cap, 5 litres.

EL82-3320 Porcelain Crucible, 30 ml capacity complete with lid.

Syringe and Stirring Rod

Ordering Information

Model Number

Description

EL82-2820 Syringe with rubber bulb. Weight 500 g.

EL82-4005 Glass Stirring Rod, 7 mm diameter x 200 mm long. Pack of 10.

Volumetric Flasks

Page 147: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

145

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

82 Laboratory Equipment - glass and Plastic Ware 82 Laboratory Equipment - Temperature Measurement

Hydrometers, Aggregate TestingBS 812, EN 1367-2, ASTM C88, AASHTO T104

Ordering InformationEL82-3505 Hydrometer, type L50, ASTM C 88 graduated 1150 to 1200 relative density (used with sodium sulphate method).

EL82-3510 Hydrometer, type L50, ASTM C 88 graduated 1250 to 1300 relative density (used with magnesium sulphate method). Portable Dial-type Thermometers

Ordering Information

Model Number

Description Range ˚C

EL82-5243

Portable Thermometer, 64 mm diameter dial with a 650 mm long stem.

+50 to +250

EL82-5244 Portable Thermometer, 25 mm diameter dial with a 90 mm long stem and protective sheath.

–30 to +60

EL82-5245 Portable Thermometer, 25 mm diameter dial with a 100 mm long stem and protective sheath.

0 to +250

EL82-5246 Portable Thermometer, 50 mm diameter dial with a 200 mm long stem and protective sheath.

–20 to +60

EL82-5247 Portable Thermometer, 50 mm diameter dial with a 180 mm long stem.

100 ml

EL82-5248 Portable Thermometer, complies with BS 598 for temperature measurement of bituminous mixes prior to and during laying. Graduated in 2ºC divisions with a stem length of 300 mm and accurate to ± 2ºC.

0 to +250

Non Hazardous Glass Thermometers

Ordering Information

Model Number

Range ˚C Divisions Immersion

EL82-5005 –10 to +260 1.0ºC 76 mm

EL82-5270 –1 to +51 0.1ºC Total

EL82-5272 –1 to +101 0.2ºC Total

EL82-5274 –10 to +210 1ºC Total

General-purpose Thermometers

Ordering Information

Model Number Description Range ºC

EL82-5311

Surface Thermometer, flat surface type with approximately 64 mm diameter dial. Accuracy ± 3ºC.

0 to +160

EL82-5310 Maximum and Minimum Thermometer. Non hazardous.

–40 to +50

Hydrometers

Portable Dial Thermometers

Page 148: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

146

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

82 Laboratory Hardware - Temperature Measurement

Digital Thermometers

Hand-held Digital Thermometers

u Splash-proof membrane circuitry u Complete with probes and case

This Hand-held Digital Thermometer is ideal for laboratory or site use. The unit provides for Celsius and/or Fahrenheit display to a clear LCD, powered by a standard 9 V PP3 battery or equivalent. The thermometer is supplied complete with surface probe, penetration probe, battery and case.

Specification

Range

–75 to +1200ºC or –30 to +199.9ºC or –75 to +1999ºF

Resolution and accuracy

1ºC (–75 to +1200ºC), 0.2% ± 0.1ºC, 0.1ºC (–30 to +199.9ºC) 0.2% ± 1.0ºC, 1ºF (–75 to +1999ºF), 0.2% ± 2.0ºF

Cold junction (automatic) 0 to 45ºC

Weight 500 g

Ordering InformationEL82-5442 Digital Thermometer. –75°C to +1200ºC.

AccessoryEL82-5440/10 Thermocouple Wire. 3 metre length, suitable for EL82-5440 Digital Thermometer. The thermocouple is NiCr/NiAi PTFE covered with a naked exposed junction. Supplied with a coupling unit the maximum reading is 250ºC with a tip diameter of 0.5 mm. (Pack of 5).

Digital Pocket Thermometer

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 150 x 45 x 19 mm

Range –49.9 to 199.9ºC

Resolution 0.1ºC

Accuracy ±0.4ºC

Weight 105 g

Ordering InformationEL82-5420 Digital Pocket Thermometer. The stainless steel probe carries a highly accurate platinum sensor and when not in use folds back into the side of the instrument. With a clear 8 mm high LCD display this instrument is powered by a standard 12 V MN21 battery or equivalent.

EL82-5442 Digital Thermometer

EL82-5440/10 Thermocouple Wire

EL82-5420 Digital Pocket Thermometer

Page 149: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

147

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

82 Laboratory Hardware - Temperature Measurement 82 Laboratory Equipment - general

Chemicals, Test and Reference Materials

Ordering Information

Model Number

Description

EL82-7031

Paraffin Wax. No hazard (congealing point approx 49ºC). 5 kg block.

EL82-7091 Silica Gel. Coarse. No hazard. 500 g.

EL82-7171 Sodium Sulphate. Anhydrous. No hazard. 3 kg.

EL82-7341 Mould Oil. No hazard. 25 litre drum.

EL82-7401 Standard Sand. 600/300 µm, Fraction C. No hazard. 25 kg.

EL82-7441 Standard Sand. ASTM. No hazard. 25 kg.

EL82-7451 Standard Sand. 850/600 µm. No hazard. 25 kg.

Filter Papers Box of 100

Fast

EL82-7861 Filter Paper no. 55 x 400 mm diameter.

Medium

EL82-7901 Filter Paper no. 74 x 150 mm diameter.

Slow

EL82-7931 Filter Paper no. 95 x 110 mm diameter.

Vacuum Pumps

Ordering InformationEL82-7700 Filter Pump

Specification

Construction Moulded plastic body

Ultimate vacuum 12 to 15 torr (12 to 15 mm Hg)

Water supply pressure required

14 kPa

Weight 200 g

Ordering InformationEL82-7720/01 Vacuum Pump

Specification

Type Single stage

Pump Oil filled rotary

Ultimate vacuum 4 x 10–2 mbar

Displacement 42 litres per minute (2.4 m3/hour)

Electrical supply 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph

Weight 12.7 kg

AccessoriesRubber Tubing see EL81-0375

EL82-7720/12 Water Trap

SpareEL82-7720/10 Vacuum Oil. 4 litre.

Filter PapersEL82-7720/01 Vacuum Pump and EL82-7700 Filter Pump

Page 150: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

148

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

82 Laboratory Equipment - general

Water Baths

Specification EL82-8500/01 EL82-8600/01

Capacity 12 litres 18 litres

Working area 210 x 300 mm 390 x 300 mm

Tray Yes Yes

Max water depth 130 mm 130 mm

Controller Digital Digital

Temperature Range ºC Stability ºC

0 to 99.9 ± 0.1

0 to 99.9 ± 0.1

Electrical supply 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph

220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph

Rated power kW 1.5 1.5

Weight 8.1 kg 9.2 kg

Distilled Water Still

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 590 x 530 x 940 mm

Boiling chamber Glass

Condenser Borosilicate glass

Output 3.5 litres/hr when permanently connected to water supply

Electrical supply 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph

Rated power 2.75 kW

Weight 12 kg

Ordering InformationEL82-8020/01 Distilled Water Still

Masonry Saw

Specification

Dimensions (l x w x h) 1195 x 705 x 1350 mm

Cutting depth with 300 mm diameter blade

110 mm

Electrical supply 220-240 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 ph, separate fused power supply and switching required

Rated power 2200 W

Weight 120 kg

Ordering InformationEL82-8950/01 Masonry Saw

AccessoriesEL82-8950/12 Diamond Blade. Wet cutting. Blade diameter 350mm, depth of cut 110 mm.

EL82-8020/01 Distilled Water Still

EL82-8950/01 Masonry Saw

Page 151: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

149

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

82 Laboratory Equipment - general 83 Laboratory Equipment - general

Air Compressors

Ordering Information

Model number EL83-1730/01 EL83-1735/01

Dimensions (l x w x h) (mm)

483 x 457 x 864 1321 x 457 x 914

Free air delivery 2.0 cfm 6.0 cfm

Receiver capacity 50 litres 116 litres

Maximum pressure 1000 kPa 1380 kPa

Continuous working pressure

700 kPa 1000 kPa

Electrical supply 220 – 240 V AC1 ph 50 Hz

220 – 240 V AC1 ph 50 Hz

Water Trap No Yes

Weight 57 kg 149 kg

Furnaces

Muffle furnaces are widely used for determining various properties of construction materials.

Note: EL83-4140/01 complies with the following Standards: EN13454-2 BS 1016:4;; ISO 344, 1171; ASTM D2361,D2795, D3714.

Ordering Information

Model number EL83-4140/01

Dimensions (l x w x h) External Work chamber

740 x 430 x 650 mm 455 x 170 x 90 mm

Internal volume 6.9 litres

Maximum temperature 1100ºC

Electrical supply 220 – 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 ph

Power supply 3900 W

Weight 63 kg

Dial Gauges

Model number

Dia.mm

Travelmm

Grad.mm

Scale Anvil Back type

EL83-5416 57 25 0.01 RH Ball C

EL83-5451 57 10 0.002 RH None B

EL83-5456 57 10 0.01 RH Ball A

Key: RH scale – clockwise rotationLH scale – anticlockwise rotation Back type – see diagram

EL83-4140/01 Muffle Furnace

EL83-17 series Air Compressor

Back type

A B C

Page 152: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

150

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

85 Mobile Laboratories

Trailer-type Mobile Laboratory

Our mobile laboratories make it easy to carry out on-site surveys quickly and easily, especially in remote locations where normal laboratory and testing facilities may not normally be available.

Each mobile laboratory can be set up to meet the needs of different applications and is normally fitted with the standard ELE construction materials testing equipment found in this catalogue. The configuration shown in this catalogue section uses standard fittings within the laboratory to provide ample working and storage space.

As mobile laboratories can be used for many different purposes, and can be fitted with a wide range of equipment, we also offer a custom design facility to meet your exact needs.

Applications

Soils

Soil classification

On-site facilities enable both physical and chemical testing to be carried out on soil samples, ensuring rapid and accurate classification.

Site Investigation

Site survey

The use of a mobile laboratory is a cost-effective solution to enable surface and subsurface conditions to be investigated at an early stage in the planning and design process.

On-site Design

Pavement design

Mobile laboratory units can provide an efficient method of gathering data from site investigations. This offers a practical method fordesigning road pavements on site, with testing and variations to the design being immediately available to site engineers.

Page 153: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

151

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

85 Mobile Laboratories 85 Mobile Laboratories - ELE TransLab

ELE TransLab 6.6 Metre Trailer-type Mobile Laboratory

The ELE TransLab is designed for use on remote sites, enabling the routine testing of soils, concrete and asphalt to be carried out efficiently.

The unit is mounted on a four-wheeled, close-coupled axle chassis, fitted with 50 mm ball hitch and 4 screw feet corner steadies.

Standard layout and fittings are shown in the illustration below, but alternative designs and features are available. For further information contact ELE.

Specification

Body dimensions (approx) (l x w)

6705 x 2265 mm

Overall dimensions (approx) (l x w x h)

8050 x 2265 x 3050 mm

Interior dimensions (approx) (l x w x h)

6630 x 2185 x 2115 mm

Weight (approx) 2700 kg

Ordering InformationEL85-2610/01 6.6 m Trailer-type Mobile Laboratory. Four-wheeled close coupled chassis, supplied complete with electrical and plumbing installation, electric water heater, spare wheel, water storage tank (77 litre), air conditioning unit, blinds and overrun brakes. For 220 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1 ph.

Page 154: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

152

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Index

A

Abrasion Los Angeles abrasion machine 109

Abrasive blade, wet cutting 148

Adaptor(s) sample tube 6 set 8

ADR Auto 250/25 101 Auto 2000, 2000/250 & 3000 77-79 Auto console 81 compression machines 74-76 Hoek cell compression machine 127

ADU 8 channel logger 49

Aggregate(s) crushing value (ACV) 108 impact value (AIV) 108

Air compressor 41, 90, 149 entrainment meters 62, 96 Annular surcharge weights 23, 24Anvil, testing 70ASTM modified compaction mould 19Auger(s) 6Autoclave method for soundness of Portland cement 95Autocomp 100A, BS 113

Automatic compaction of bitumen 113 of soils 20 compression machines 73-81 manual mortar mixer 98 ring and ball apparatus 118 Vicat apparatus 92

B

Bag(s), various 141

Balance(s) buoyancy 68, 106, 119 electronic, laboratory 132 Harvard trip 133 heavy duty solution 133 triple beam 133

Ball assembly 87, 88 seating attachment 24

Base adaptor, specimen (triaxial cells) 38

Baseplate 60, 112 CBR, solid and perforated 23 tool 23

Baskets, wire 106, 142

Bath(s) constant temperature 14, 118

Le Chatelier 94 water 112, 148

Beaker(s) and covers 142, 143

Beam Benkelman 121 device, travelling 121 moulds 64

Bearer assembly ASTM C78 87 EN 87, 88

Bearing plates 56Bench-mounting mixer 5, 112Benkelman beam 121Bladder type air/water assembly 41Blaine air permeability apparatus 91 Block, steel 112, 113Boring and sampling 6Bosshead 140

Bottle(s) and crucibles 144 density 13 glass 107 polythene 144 reagent 144 wash 144 weighing 144

Bowl(s) 5, 142Bracket and adaptor 24Breaking head (Marshall) 114Briquette mould 100

Brush(es) sieve 138 wire 64, 141

Buchner funnel 144Bucket 141Bulb pipettes 143

Bulk density measures 68, 106 Buoyancy balance 68, 106, 119

Burette(s) 143 single tube drainage 39, 128

C

C-spanner 23Cabinet, humidity 100Calcium carbide powder 9Calcium chloride 16

Calibration devices 81 kit, Speedy 9

Calipers, vernier 12, 105, 141

Capping compound 67 frame, cylinder 67

Casagrande grooving tool 10

CBR conversion frame 24 core cutter/extruder 8

cutting collar 23 extension collar 20, 23 mould body 20, 23 penetration test program 53 perforated and solid baseplate 23 solid base/top plate 20, 23 spacing disc 23 stabilising bar 21, 36 Test-50 machine 21

Cell(s) accessories, triaxial 38, 39 consolidation 27 constant head permeability 29 ELE-Hoek triaxial 126 falling head permeability 30 load, ‘S’ type 49 specimen extruder, ELE-Hoek 126 triaxial 37 Cement reference, NBS-SRM 91 Centrifuge extractor 111

Chart(s) circular 100 soil colour 5 Chattaway spatula 140

Chisel 141 density 58

Chloride titrator strips, Quantab 107Clamped boss load measuring rings 131Cleveland flash cup apparatus 117Clock, timer 116, 141Coated chippings, rate of spread of 122Colour standard 107Combination permeameter 31Compact 1500 machine 73 Compacting bar 62, 64, 65, 68

Compaction hammer 112 manual 112 mould ASTM (modified) 20, 112, 113 BS 8, 18 pedestal 112 Proctor 8, 19, 20 rammer ASTM 19 BS 18 Proctor 19

Compactor automatic bitumen 113 soils 20

Compression machine(s) ADR 1500, 2000 and 3000 range 74, 75, 76 ADR Auto 250/25 101 ADR Auto 2000, 2000/250 and 3000 77-79 Compact 1500 range 73 Compression/tension 80

Compressor, air 41, 90, 149

Page 155: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

Concrete compression machines 73 – 81 flow table test 61 mixer(s) 63 penetrometer, pocket 93 test hammer 70

Cone funnel, slump 60 penetrometer 11, 55 sand 58 absorption 106 slump 60

Connectors, Triaxial 42

Consistometer vibro 61

Consolidation calibration disc 27 cells 27 cutting ring 27 frame 26 porous disc 27 weights 26

Constant head permeability cell 29 level tank 29 pressure system 41 temperature bath(s) 14, 118

Container(s), calibrating 57

Core cutter 8, 58, 112 drill(s) 120, 125 barrels 120 trimmer and cut-off machine 125

Crack detection microscope 72 Cradle NW rock 68, 119

Crucible porcelain 144 tong(s) 141

CU/CD effective stress program 53Cube moulds 64

Cup glass 12 penetration test 11 Curing tank 66

Cutting collar, CBR 23

Cylinder (s) capping frame 67 measuring 143 mould 64 sand pouring 57 sedimentation 15 D

Datalogger(s), ADU 8-channel 47DataSystem ADU software 53Datum bar assembly 24

De-aired water apparatus 40De-airing tank 30

Density bottle 13 measure, bulk 68, 106 plate 58 spoon 58

Dessicator cabinet, non-vacuum type 144 non-vacuum type 144 vacuum type 144

Dial gauge(s) 22, 23, 24, 26, 39, 45, 149 penetration/swell 22, 23

Diamond blades, wet cutting 148Dibber tool, metal 58

Digital hotplate 134 pressure gauge(s) 43, 51 readout unit 74, 76, 82 thermometer(s) 119, 146 Tritest 50 35

Disc(s) paper 113 porous 27, 39, 45

Dish(es) evaporating 143 transfer 118 Distance piece for submersible load transducer 50

Distance pieces 76, 78, 79, 83, 101Distilled water still 148Drill(s), core 120, 125Driving dolly and rammer 58

Drying ovens 135 shrinkage and moisture movement 69

Dutch soil auger head 6Dye, red, kerosene-soluble 42Dynamic cone penetrometer 55

E

Electronic control & readout unit 21, 22, 36, 54,115 laboratory balances and scales 132

End-over-end mechanical shaker 13

Evaporating dishes 143

Expansion analogue input module, 8-channel 49

Extensibility of mould apparatus 94

Extension cable, transducer 54 collar, CBR 20, 23 rods 6, 24, 46

Extractor centrifuge 111 reflux 111

Extruder(s) hydraulic sample 8 Proctor/core cutter 8, 58, 112

F

Falling head permeability cell 30

Filter(s) papers 23, 39, 91, 111,147 screen 23

Flakiness gauge 105 grid sieves 105 sieves 105

Flame photometer 90

Flask(s) Le Chatelier 91 volumetric 144

Flexural and transverse machines 86, 87, 88 tensile testing machine, 10 kN 102

Float, steel 140Floor mounting stand 26

Flow meter(s) 114 mould 93 table, for high workability concrete 61, 93

Formaldehyde 16Former, split 39Frame, CBR conversion 24

Funnel Buchner 144

Furnace, muffle 149

G

Gas jar 13

Gauge(s) dial 22, 23, 24, 26, 39, 45, 149 length 105 pressure 43, 51

Glass bottle 107 cup 12 plate 10, 11, 99 stirring rod 144 thermometers, general 118, 145

Gloves heat resistant 141 heavy- duty rubber 141

Glycerol 16Gravel auger head 6

Grooving tool and gauge 10 Casagrande 10

Guelph permeameter 32

153

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Index Index

Page 156: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

154

Index

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

H

Hammer concrete test 70 vibrating 119

Hand-operated pressure system 127

Hand pick, density 58Handle and T-Piece 6Heat of hydration apparatus 95Heat-resistant gloves 141Hotplate, digital 134Humidity cabinet 100

Hydrometer aggregate test 145 soil 15

I

Impact printer RS232 74, 76, 78, 79, 82 value, aggregate 108

Insert(s) 69Isomantle electric heater 5, 112

J

Jack mechanical 24

Jar, gas 13Jarring link 6Jolting table 99

K

K-slump tester 60Knife, trimming 8, 141

L

Laboratory, mobile 151Laboratory vane apparatus 46Land Rover bracket (CBR) 24

Le Chatelier flask 91 mould 94 water bath 94

Length gauge 105Lids and receivers 137, 138Liquid limit 10

Load cells, ‘S’ type 49, 115 frame(s) CBR-Test 49 MarshallTest series 49 MultiPlex range 36, 115 Tritest range 44, 46 measuring rings 114

Load rings 22, 24, 44, 131Lubricant, silicone grease 38Los Angeles abrasion machine 109

M

Magnetic stirrer 118

Mallet, soft headed 58

Manometer tubes and stand 29, 91

Marshall Test load frame 114Masonry saw 148Measuring cylinder(s) 143

Mechanical end-over-end shaker 13 jack 24

Melting pot 67

Membrane rubber 39 sealing ring 39

Meter air entrainment 62, 96

Microscope, crack detection 72Mini flex/transverse machine, 50 kN 86

Mixers automatic/manual 5 litre mortar 98 bench-mounting 5, 112 concrete 63 paddle 15

Mobile laboratory 151

Modular pressure panel system 43

Moisture tins 142

Mortar and pestle 7 mixer, automatic/manual 98

Motorising unit 93

Mould(s) and baseplate, PRD split 119 ASTM compaction 19, 20 beam 64 body, CBR 20, 23 compaction 8, 112, 113 breaking head stability 114 briquette 100 BS standard compaction 8, 18 cube 64, 99 cylinder 64 Le Chatelier 94 oil 64, 147 prism 69, 99 Proctor 18, 19, 20 shrinkage 12 three-gang 99, 100

Muffle furnace 149MultiPlex load frames 22, 36, 115

N

Needle penetration 118 points, set of 61 Vicat initial/final set 92

Nomographic chart 15Nylon tubing 41, 42, 128

O

One dimensional consolidation program 53 Oven general purpose 135 large capacity 119, 135

P

Paper discs 112, 113 drain, filter 39 filter 23, 39, 91, 111, 147 rolls of printer 82, 92

Paraffin wax 147

Penetration bracket and adaptor 22 cup 11 dial gauge, BS 22, 24 needle 118 piston 22, 24 swell dial gauge, ASTM 22, 24 test cone 11 tin 118

Penetrometer cone 11, 55 pocket 55 concrete 61, 93 Proctor 57, 61 standard 118

Percentage refusal density test (PRD) 119Perforated baseplate, CBR 23 Permeability 28, 29, 30, 31, 32 apparatus, Blaine air 91 cell 29, 30, 53, 91 test kit 72 end caps 128

Permeameter combination 31 compaction 30 Guelph 32

Pestles 7

Pipette(s) bulb 143 graduated 143

Placing tool, O-ring 39

Plastic tamper 93

Page 157: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

Index

155

Index

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Plate base 60 bearing test equipment 56

Platen(s) handling system 78, 79, 84 rectangular 76, 84

Pneumatic pressure reducing panel 41

Pocket concrete penetrometer 93 penetrometer 55 shearmeter 46

Point load test apparatus 129Polythene bags 141Porcelain crucibles 144Porous disc 27, 39, 45Pot, melting 67

Pressure gauge, digital 43, 51 indicating panel 43 pad 39 panel system, modular 42 hand-operated system 127 transducer 51, 82 Test 1700 43 Test 3500 128

Printer, impact 74, 76, 78, 79, 82

Prism moulds 69, 99

Proctor compaction rammer 19 core cutter extruder 8, 58, 112 mould 8, 19, 20 penetrometer 57, 61

Prong plate 12Pulse velocity measurement 71

Pump filter 147 vacuum 147

Pundit, ultrasonic concrete tester 71Pyknometer 13, 116

Q

Quantab chloride titrator strips 107Quick undrained triaxial software 53

R

Rammer compaction 18, 19 Readout unit(s) ADR Advanced Digital 74, 76, 82 ECU 21, 22, 36, 54, 115

Rectangular platens 76, 84Reference cement, NBS-SRM 91Reflux extractor 111Riffle boxes 7Ring and ball apparatus 118Ring(s), load 22, 24, 44, 131

Rod comparator 11 extension 6, 24, 46 steel pointed 58 tamping 60, 62, 64, 65, 68, 94, 106, 108

Rubber headed pestle 7 gloves 141 membrane 39 tubing 141, 147

Rule, steel 60, 141

S

‘S’ type load cells 49, 115

Sample(s) containers 142 splitter 7 trays 142 tube(s) 6

Sand absorption cone 106 cone 58 equivalent value 16, 104 apparatus 16 shaker, mechanical 16 pouring cylinder 57 standard 58, 147

Saw masonry 148

Scoops 60, 140Scraper 98, 99Screen, filter 23Sealing ring, membrane 39Sedimentation cylinder 15

Shaker(s) end-over-end 13 sand equivalent 16 sieve 139

Shape index calliper 105

Shearbox assemblies 45 digital direct, residual apparatus 44

Shearmeter, pocket 46

Shrinkage drying, and moisture movement 69 dish 12 linear 12 mould 12 volumetric 12

Sieve(s) ASTM 138 British Standard 136, 137 brushes 138 shaker(s) 139 washing 137, 138

Silica gel 147

Single tube drainage burette 39

Slump cone 60

funnel 60 test set 60 tester, K- 60 Soaking tank 30

Sodium hexametaphosphate 15 sulphate 147

Soil(s) auger heads 6 colour chart(s) 5 compactor, automatic 20 hydrometer 15 index properties 10, 11, 12, 13 lathe, hand-operated 8

Solution balance 133Spacing disc, CBR 23

Spatulas 140 Chattaway 140

Specific gravity bottles 117

Speedy moisture tester 9Spiral auger 6

Split former 39 two-way 39 mould and baseplate 119 surcharge weight 23

Spray nozzle apparatus 97Stabilising bar 21, 36Stand, floor-mounting 26

Standard colour 107 compaction mould, BS 8, 18 penetrometer 118 sand 58, 147

Standpipe panel 30Stand, bosshead and clamp 140Static compaction plug 23

Steel block 112, 113 pointed rod 58 rule 60, 141

Stillson wrench 6

Stirrer(s) high speed 15 magnetic 118

Stop watch 141Straight edge 18, 19, 141Submersible load transducer 38, 50Suction membrane device 39Sulphate test strips 107

Surcharge weight annular 23, 24 slotted 24 split 23

Swell plate 23 tripod 23

Syphon assembly 16Syringe 61, 144

Page 158: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

156

Index

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

T

Table, vibrating 65

Tamping rod 60, 62, 64, 65, 68, 94, 106, 108

Tank constant level 29 curing 66 de-airing 30 soaking 23, 30

Tensile machine, 10 kN flexural 102

Test gauge 11 strips, sulphate 107

Testing anvil 70

Thermocouple wire 146

Thermometer(s) general glass 118, 145 hand-held digital 119, 146 maximum and minimum 145 pocket digital 146 portable dial 135, 145 surface 145

Three-gang mould 99, 100Timer clock 116, 141Titrator strips, chloride 107Tongs, crucible 141

Tool(s) grooving 10

Transducer(s) axial strain 39, 50 CBR penetration 50 consolidation displacement 26, 50 flow 115 horizontal displacement 45, 50 vertical displacement 45, 50 volume-change 51 pressure 51, 82

Travelling beam device 121

Tray(s) and chains 122 metal 57 sample 142

Triaxial cell(s) 37, 49, 53

Trimming knife 8, 141Triple beam balance 133

Tripod swell 23

Tritest 50, Digital 35

Trowels 140Tube(s) and stand, manometer 29

Tubing nylon 41, 42, 128 rubber 147

Twin-burette volume-change unit 42Two-way split former 39

U

Unconfined compression platens 35, 36

V

Vacuum oil, high 147 pump 147 pyknometer 116 apparatus 116

Valve 39

Vane apparatus, laboratory 46 inspection 46

Vebe time 61Vernier callipers 12, 105, 141

Vibrating hammer 119 poker 65 table 65

Vibro consistometer 61Vicat apparatus 92

Volume-change transducer 51 twin-burette unit 42

Volumetric flasks 144

W

Wash bottle 144Watch, stop 141

Water bath(s) 112, 148 Le Chatelier 94 still, distilled 148

Weighing bottles 144

Wire baskets 106, 142 brush 64, 141

Index

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 159: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

Index

157

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Index Numerical Index

23-1501 623-1504 623-1517 6 23-1525 623-1541 623-1543 623-1547 623-1577 623-1579 623-1587 623-1617 623-3000 723-3050 723-3070 723-3100 723-3150 723-3170 723-3200 723-3300 7 23-3350 723-3425 723-3500 723-3505 723-4090 823-4200 823-4250 823-4300 823-5800 823-6191/01 523-6191/10 523-7100 523-7452 923-7462 923-7502 923-7600 923-7700 923-7702 924-0410 1024-0417/01 1024-0425 1024-0430 1024-0434 1024-0453 1024-0461 1024-0540 1124-0544 1124-0545/01 1124-0546 1124-0548 1124-0811 1124-1500 1224-1550 1224-1600 1224-1800 1224-2830 1324-2854/01 1324-2885 1324-2890 1324-2900 1324-2950 1324-4125/01 1524-4125/10 1524-4125/11 1524-4145 1524-4620 1524-4640 15

24-4650 1524-4700 1524-4800 1524-4865/01 1424-4919 1624-4925 1624-4930 1624-4932 1624-4934 1624-4945/01 1624-9000 1824-9002 1824-9004 1824-9010 1824-9060 1924-9063 1924-9066 1924-9070 1924-9090/01 2024-9095/01 2024-9095/02 2024-9150/01 2124-9170 2124-9182 2224-9183 2224-9184 2224-9186 2224-9188 2224-9198 2324-9200 2324-9202 2324-9204 2324-9206 2324-9208 2324-9210 2324-9212 2324-9214 2324-9216 2324-9220 2324-9228 2324-9236 2324-9238 2324-9240 2324-9243 2324-9244 2324-9245 2324-9248 2424-9250 2324-9260 2324-9262 2324-9275 2324-9290 2424-9298 2424-9300 2424-9308 2424-9312 24 24-9320 2424-9322 2424-9341 2425-0402 2625-0408 2625-0429 2625-0440 2625-0455 2725-0455/13 2725-0458 27

25-0461 2725-0479 2725-0479/13 2725-0485 2725-0503 2725-0503/13 2725-0506 2725-0509 2725-0580 2925-0591 2925-0593 2925-0605 3025-0607 3025-0609 3025-0611 3025-0613 3025-0623 3125-0650 3225-1833/01 4025-3518/01 3525-3650 3525-3700/01 3625-4047 37 25-4117 3725-4157 3725-4166 3825-4168 3825-4174 3825-4176 3825-4186 3825-4200 3825-4210 3925-4290 3925-4520 3925-4540 3925-5050 3925-5061 3925-5081 3925-5100 3925-5120 3925-5130 3925-5181 3925-5200 3925-5430 3925-5441 3925-5461 3925-5470 3925-5480 3925-5500 3925-5530 3925-5561 3925-5580 3925-6430 3925-6441 3925-6461 3925-6470 3925-6480 3925-6500 3925-6530 3925-6561 3925-6580 3925-7590 3925-7610 3925-7621 3925-7631 3925-7640 39

25-7650 3925-7661 3925-7670 3925-8090 3826-1746 4126-1746/10 4126-1760 4126-1769 4126-1800/01 4326-1805 4326-1820 4326-1865/10 4326-1872 4226-1880 4326-1892 4226-1900 4226-1922 4226-1926 4226-1928 4226-1930 4226-2114/01 4426-2114/02 4426-2132 4526-2137 4526-2139 4526-2141 4526-2143 4526-2145 4526-2147 4526-2181 4526-2181/10 4526-2185 4526-2189 4526-2197 4526-2197/10 4526-2201 4526-2205 4526-2213 4526-2213/10 4526-2217 4526-2221 4526-2261 4626-2270 4626-2275/10 4626-2279 4626-2281 4626-2283 4626-3335 4626-3335/11 4627-1200/09 5427-1293 5027-1495/01 4927-1502 4927-1551 4927-1553 4927-1555 4927-1559 4927-1561 4927-1573 5027-1575 5027-1617 5027-1620 5127-1633 5127-1641 5127-1649 5027-1689 50

27-1697 5027-1705 5027-1715 5427-1717 5427-1719 5427-1750 5327-1760 5327-1765 5327-1770 5327-1790 5327-1795 5329-3720 5529-3720/10 5529-3729 5529-3800 5629-3925 5729-3933 5729-4000 5729-4020 5729-4040 5729-4100 5729-4120 5729-4140 5729-4200 5729-4220 5729-4240 5729-4300 5829-4320 5829-4340 5829-5000 5829-5020 5829-5060 5829-5080 5829-5120 5829-5140 5829-5300 5829-5320 5829-5340 5834-0110 6034-0130 6034-0140 6034-0160 6034-0180 6034-0192 6034-0300/01 6134-0450 6134-0580 6034-0810 6134-2800 6834-2910 6234-3265 6234-3540/01 6334-3590/01 6334-4520 6434-4570 6434-4620 6434-5003 6434-5053 6434-5210 6434-5230 6434-5260 6434-6031 6734-6100 6734-6122/01 67 34-6250/01 6534-6431/01 65

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 160: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

158

Numerical Index

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

34-6575/01 6634-6755/01 2334-8100/09 6834-8105 6834-8500 6934-8505/10 6934-8538 6934-8541 6934-8544 6934-8547 6935-1480 7035-1530 7035-2301/09 7135-2305 7135-2505 7235-4043 7236-0716/01 7436-1410/01 8036-3086/01 7636-3276/01 7636-3311/01 7636-4120/01 7736-4120/02 7736-4140/01 7836-4140/06 7836-4145/01 7936-4160/01 7837-4830 8437-4832 8437-4835 84 37-4855/09 8237-4855/10 8237-4859/01 8237-4859/10 8237-4859/12 8237-4860 8437-4865/01 8137-4980 8337-5000 8337-5020 8337-5050 8337-5100 8337-5110 8337-5120 8337-5140 8337-5170 8337-5180 8337-5420 8437-5450 8437-6040 8637-6130 8737-6131 8737-6132 8737-6133 8737-6135/01 8737-6135/02 8737-6138 8737-6140 8837-6330 8837-6362 8837-6364 8837-8315 8138-0200/01 9038-0250 9038-0260 9038-0270 90

38-0280 9038-0320/01 9038-0620 9138-0640 9138-0650 9138-1000 9138-1000/10 9138-1000/15 9138-1200 9138-2010 9238-2010/10 9238-2015/01 9238-2015/12 9238-2015/14 9238-2015/15 9238-2015/16 9238-2021 9238-2023 9238-2110 9238-2200 9238-2300 9238-2620 9238-2660 9238-2695 9338-3005 9438-3200 9438-3205 9438-3300 9438-3420/01 9438-3800/01 9538-3800/13 9538-4600/01 9538-4600/10 9538-4600/12 9538-4600/13 9538-6000 9338-6040 9338-6080 9338-6100/01 9338-6160 9338-7600 9738-7600/12 9739-0031/10 9839-0031/11 9839-0035/01 9839-0060 9839-0065 9839-0100 9939-0410 10039-1000 10039-1100 9939-1100/10 9939-1120 9939-1130 9939-1150/01 9939-1170 9939-1300/01 10039-1300/10 10039-6155/01 10139-6155/02 10139-6155/06 10139-6220 10139-7100/01 10242-0300 10542-0302 10542-0304 105

42-0306 10542-0308 10542-0310 10542-0314 10542-0316 10542-0318 10542-0320 10542-0322 10542-0324 10542-0326 10542-0410 10542-0600 10542-0820 10542-0821 10542-1000/01 10642-1005 10642-1700 10642-1720 10642-1995 10642-2950 10742-2952 10742-2958 10742-3000 10742-3040 10742-4000 10842-4300 10842-4500 10842-4580 10842-5300/10 10942-5305/01 10942-5305/10 10942-5310/01 10945-3800/01 11145-3803 11145-3805/01 11145-3805/10 11145-3807 11145-3855/01 11145-3857 11145-5580/01 11245-6310 11245-6310/10 11245-6310/11 11245-6310/12 11245-6410 11245-6460 11245-6462 11245-6463 11245-6490/01 11245-6600/01 11345-6810/01 11445-6820/11 11545-6850 11445-6880 11445-6890 11445-9300 11645-9305/01 11645-9315/01 11645-9315/10 11646-2190 11746-2191 11746-3310/01 11746-4605 11846-4825/01 11846-5290 11846-5295/01 118

46-5340/C 11846-5360/10 11846-5500/01 11846-5800 11846-5860 11846-5861 11847-0011 12247-0012 12247-0202 11947-0202/10 11947-0202/11 11947-0202/14 11947-0450 11947-0455/01 11947-0480 11947-1460 12147-3025 12147-3130 12147-3131 12147-5175 12047-5565 12047-5605 12070-0095/01 12570-0250/01 12570-1710 12670-1712 12670-1750 12870-2620/01 12770-2725 12670-5000 12770-5130/01 12877-0115 12978-0060 13178-0110/01 13578-0160 13178-0260 13178-0460 13178-0760 13178-0860 13178-1215/01 13578-1225/01 13578-1235/01 13578-1245 13578-2950/01 13478-3104/01 13478-5335/01 13278-5405/01 13278-5447/01 13278-5456/01 13278-5457/01 13278-5477/01 13278-5485/01 13278-5527/01 13278-5655/01 13278-5666/01 13278-7090 13378-7110 13378-7140 13378-7600 13379-0010 13779-0020 13779-0040 13679-0050 13679-0060 13679-0070 13679-0080 136

79-0085 13679-0090 13679-0095 13679-0100 13679-0110 13679-0120 13679-0125 13679-0130 13679-0135 13679-0140 13679-0150 13679-0160 13679-0170 13679-0175 13679-0180 13679-0190 13679-0200 13679-0210 13679-0215 13679-0220 13679-0230 13679-0240 13679-0245 13679-0250 13679-0255 13679-0260 13679-0270 13679-0280 13679-0285 13679-0290 13679-0300 13679-0310 13679-0320 13679-0340 13679-1500 13779-1510 13779-1515 13779-1525 13779-1530 13779-1540 13779-1550 13779-1555 13779-1565 13779-1570 13779-1575 13779-1580 13779-1590 13779-1595 13779-1605 13779-1615 13779-1630 13779-1640 13779-1655 13779-1670 13779-1680 13779-2010 137 79-2020 13779-2040 13679-2070 13679-2080 13679-2085 13679-2090 13679-2095 13679-2110 13679-2120 13679-2130 136

Page 161: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

Numerical Index

159

Numerical Index

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

79-2135 13679-2140 13679-2150 13679-2160 13679-2165 13679-2170 13679-2175 13679-2180 13679-2190 13679-2200 13679-2205 13679-2220 13679-2230 13679-2240 13679-2245 13679-2255 13679-2260 13679-2270 13679-2280 13679-2285 13679-2290 13679-2300 13679-2310 13679-2320 13679-2500 13779-2510 13779-2515 13779-2520 13779-2525 13779-2530 13779-2540 13779-2550 13779-2555 13779-2560 13779-2565 13779-2570 13779-2575 13779-2580 13779-2590 13779-2595 13779-2600 13779-2605 13779-2615 13779-2630 13779-2640 13779-2645 13779-2650 13779-2655 13779-2660 137 79-2670 137 79-2680 137 79-2684 137 79-2690 137 79-2710 137 79-5000 13879-5010 13879-5020 13879-5030 13879-5040 13879-5050 13879-5060 13879-5070 13879-5080 13879-5090 13879-5100 13879-5110 138

79-5120 13879-5130 13879-5140 13879-5150 13879-5160 13879-5170 13879-5180 13879-5190 13879-5200 13879-5210 13879-5220 13879-5230 13879-5240 13879-5250 13879-5260 13879-5270 13879-5280 13879-5290 13879-5300 13879-5400 13879-5410 13879-5490 13879-5500 13879-5510 13879-5520 13879-5530 13879-5540 13879-5550 13879-5560 13879-5570 13879-5580 13879-5610 13879-5630 13879-5650 13879-5660 13879-5800 13879-5810 13879-5820 13879-5830 13879-5840 13879-5850 13879-5860 13879-5870 13879-5880 13879-5890 13879-5900 13879-5910 13879-5920 13879-5930 13879-5940 13879-5950 13879-5960 13879-5970 13879-5980 13879-5990 13879-6000 13879-6010 13879-6020 13879-6030 13879-6040 13879-6050 13879-6060 13879-6070 13879-6080 13879-6090 13879-6100 138

79-6150 13879-6160 13879-6190 13879-6200 13879-6210 13879-6220 13879-6230 13879-6240 13879-6250 13879-6260 13879-6270 13879-6280 13879-6290 13879-6300 13879-6310 13879-6320 13879-6330 138 79-6340 138 79-6350 138 79-6360 138 79-6370 138 79-6380 138 79-6400 138 79-7000 138 79-7001 13779-7200 13879-7210 13880-0200/01 13981-0094 14081-0100 14081-0120 14081-0140 14081-0180 14081-0200 14081-0220 14081-0222 14081-0240 14081-0310 14081-0335 14081-0340 14081-0375 14181-0480 14181-0500 14181-0508 14181-0518 14181-0521 14181-0588 14181-0590 14181-0594 14181-0705 14181-0710 14181-0715 14181-0805 14181-2979 14281-3000 14281-3040 14281-3060 14281-3500 14281-3540 14281-3545 14281-4020 14281-4030 14281-4080 14281-4160 14281-4230 14281-4700 142

81-4765 14181-4775 14181-4779 14281-4819 14281-4821 14281-4823 14281-4825 14281-5020 14281-5040 14281-5060 14281-5100 14182-0120 14382-0140 14382-0200 14382-0220 14382-0260 14382-0380 14382-0420 14382-0460 14382-0500 14382-1000 14482-1020 14482-1040 14482-1060 14482-1120 14482-1140 14482-1240 14382-1260 14382-1300 14382-1440 14382-1540 14482-1840 14382-1860 14382-1880 14382-1900 14382-1970 14382-2000 14382-2010 14382-2100 14482-2110 14482-2170 14482-2180 14482-2200 14482-2350 14482-2500 14482-2660 14482-2820 14482-3060 14482-3145 14482-3149 14482-3320 14482-3505 14582-3510 14582-4005 14482-5005 14582-5243 14582-5244 14582-5245 14582-5246 14582-5247 14582-5248 14582-5270 14582-5272 14582-5274 14582-5310 14582-5311 145

82-5420 14682-5440/10 14682-5442 14682-7031 14782-7091 14782-7171 14782-7341 14782-7401 14782-7441 14782-7451 14782-7700 14782-7720/01 14782-7720/10 14782-7720/12 14782-7861 14782-7901 14782-7931 14782-8020/01 14882-8500/01 14882-8600/01 14882-8950/01 14882-8950/12 14883-1730/01 14983-1735/01 14983-4140/01 14983-5416 14983-5451 14983-5456 14985-2610/01 151S1100 53

Page 162: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

160

Tel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200 u Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249 u Email: [email protected]

Page 163: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

161

Conditions of Sale

1 General(a) “The Company” shall mean ELE International, a division of Danaher UK Industries Limited.(b) “The goods” shall mean the equipment, plant or services which are the subject of this Contract.(c) “The Customer” shall mean the person, firm or Company who contracts to purchase in full or in part the goods from the Company.(d) Any contract entered into by the Company for the supply of goods is subject to these conditions. Any writing on or attached to any purchase order form, document or correspondence shall not be included or implied unless previously agreed upon in writing and signed by an authorised officer of the Company.(e) No order for supply arising from a quotation or otherwise shall be deemed to be accepted or constitute a legally enforceable contract with the Company until accepted in writing by the Company or until delivery of the goods, whichever shall be the earlier.(f) No responsibility is accepted by the Company for any inaccuracy or error in orders given by telephone.

2 Descriptions and SpecificationsThe descriptions, specifications and illustrations contained in catalogues, price lists and other leaflets or descriptive matter produced by the Company shall not form part of the contract and no report, representation or statement made by any servant or agent of the Company shall be binding on the Company. Names, addresses and trademarks on illustrations indicate ownership of the artwork and must not be taken as necessarily indicating the manufacturers. Any description or sample given of the goods is by way of identification only and does not constitute a sale by description or sample.

3 TimeAny date or period quoted by the Company for despatch is given in good faith by way of estimate only. While the Company will endeavour to deliver within the period stated, such date or period is not to be of the essence of the contract and the Customer shall be bound to accept the goods when they become available. The Company shall not be liable for any loss or damage or delays in transit or consequential losses or losses including loss of profit resulting in any way in respect of late delivery howsoever caused even in such cases as the Company has expressly agreed in writing a delivery date, nor shall such failure to deliver on the date or within the period named by the Company be deemed to be a breach of contract.

4 Price(a) All prices and terms quoted by the Company or shown in any of the Company’s price lists, catalogues, etc may be altered without notice.(b) Prices of goods, both quoted and printed, are ex-warehouse and exclusive of VAT, packing, freight, postage, insurance, port rates, off loading and installation and other costs unless expressly specified to the contrary.(c) The Company reserves the right at any time prior to delivery of the goods to adjust the price to take account of any increase in the cost of raw materials, labour or services or any currency fluctuations, increases of taxes or duties or any other matters affecting the cost to the Company in complying with the contract.(d) The Company reserves the right to impose a handling charge of not less than 15% on returned goods save in circumstances where the goods are returned by reason of defects or shortages which it is the Company’s duty under the terms of the Agreement to rectify.(e) The Company reserves the right to impose a minimum order charge.(f) Installation and commissioning will be quoted only against the specific request of the Customer. In all cases containers, bottles, packages and packing materials are chargeable and not returnable.(g) The Company reserves the right to amend any accidental errors and omissions in quotations and invoices.

5 PaymentTime for payment shall be of the essence.The Customer shall have no right of set off, Statutory or otherwise.The Company reserves the right at any time at its discretion to demand security for payment before continuing with or delivering any order.All accounts are payable in full on receipt of the goods unless expressly agreed in writing by the Company.For all credit accounts approved by the Company in writing for:Customers in the UK invoices are to be paid in full by the last day of the month following date of invoice.For all customers outside the UK payment must be made by confirmed irrevocable letter of credit, payable at sight unless other terms have been agreed in writing by the Company.Where the goods are delivered in instalments or in the course of two or more separate deliveries any failure to make such payments due on or before the due date will entitle the Company at its option to treat the contract of sale as voided by the Customer and in such event the Company reserves all rights thereon which may be accrued to the Company prior to such termination.In the event of non-payment, late payment or other default by the Customer the Company shall be entitled to recover all legal costs thereby incurred together also with interest on the monies outstanding, calculated at 1½% per calendar month or part month compounded monthly.Payment via major credit and debit cards: by means of a secure payment system (the SSL protocol): for security reasons, credit and debit cards will be charged on the day of order placement.

6 Risk and the Passing of Property(a) risk in the goods shall pass to the Customer when the goods are delivered to or collected by the Customer or its agents, in accordance with Incoterms 2000. Where the terms of sale are P&D, risk in the goods shall pass to the customer when the goods leave the Company’s premises.(b) Title in the goods remains vested in the Company and shall only pass from the Company to the Customer upon full payment being made by the Customer of all sums (due on whatsoever account or

grounds) to the Company. In the event of the goods being sold by the Customer in such manner as to pass to a third party a valid title to the goods, whilst any such sums are due as aforesaid, the Company’s right under this condition shall attach to the proceeds of such sale or to the claim for such proceeds and the Customer shall place such proceeds in a separate account. Nothing herein shall constitute that the Customer is the Agent of the Company for the purposes of any subsale.(c) The customer agrees that whilst any such sums are due as aforesaid the Company may at any time enter upon the Customers premises and remove the goods therefrom and that prior to such payment the Customer shall keep such goods separate and identifiable for this purpose.

7 Inspection(a) The Customer is under a duty to inspect the goods on delivery or on collection as the case may be.(b) Claims for damage in transit or shortage in delivery of the goods will only be considered if the carriers and the Company receive written notification of such damage within three working days of delivery or in the event of loss of goods in transit within fourteen working days of the date of consignment. When goods are accepted from carriers without being checked the delivery book must be signed “Not Examined”.If access is not available to the location stated in the contract the Company or their carriers reserve the right to deliver to the nearest convenient location and to notify the Customer of their action.(c) In all cases where defects or shortages are complained of, the Company shall be under no liability in respect thereof unless an opportunity to inspect the goods is afforded to the Company before any use is made thereof or any alteration or modification is made thereto by the Customer.

8 Warranty(a) The Company warrants that it has title to and the unencumbered right to sell the goods. Such warranty specifically includes the Company’s ownership of the necessary patent rights and copyright sufficient to enable the Customer to use the goods for the purpose stated. However nothing in this Contract or otherwise shall be deemed to grant to the Customer the right to manufacture or in any way reproduce the goods or reproduce or use any intellectual property rights of the Company or its agents.(b) No representation or warranty is given as to the suitability of the goods for any particular purpose and the Customer shall satisfy himself in this respect and shall be totally responsible therefor.(c) Unless otherwise notified by the Company all goods supplied shall have a twelve month warranty commencing from the date of invoice. In circumstances where the Company notifies the Customer of an alternative warranty period, such alternative shall prevail over any other warranty period.(d) In the case of any goods not manufactured by the Company but supplied by them or incorporated within the Company’s goods the Company is unable to provide any warranty but will where possible assign to or pass on to the Customer the benefit of any such warranty that the Company shall itself have received from its own supplier.

9 InsuranceWhere goods are insured by the Company at its discretion or at the request of the Customer charges will be made on the invoice. The Company’s liability under the insurance shall be limited to the amount received by them or the value of the goods, whichever is the less, and the Company shall be under no liability to take proceedings for the recovery of loss or damage but where goods are insured under the Company’s Open Cover Cargo Policy the rights in such policy shall be assigned where possible to the consignee/Customer and any claims shall be administered by them in accordance with ICC (A) 1.1.82.

10 PackingUnless otherwise expressly stated in writing the contract packing is not included in the contract price and will be the subject of an additional charge by the Company. The Company does not give warranty as to the fitness of any packing for storage purposes or any other purpose other than the transport of the goods to the named contract destination.

11 Liability(a) Nothing herein shall be deemed to exclude or restrict the Company’s liability for death or personal injury resulting wholly from the negligence of the Company.(b) The Company shall not be liable for any consequential or indirect loss suffered by the Customer whether this loss arises from a breach of duty in contract or tort or in any other way, including loss arising from the Company’s negligence. Non-exhaustive illustrations of consequential or indirect loss would be :(i) Loss of profits.(ii) Loss of contracts.(iii) Damage to property of the Customer or anybody else.(iv) Personal injury to the Customer or anybody else (except so far as such injury is wholly attributable to the Company’s negligence).(c) The Customer hereby agrees to indemnify the Company against all claims made against the Company by any of the Customer’s employees, Customers or any other person for which liability would have been excluded by this clause if the claim had been made against the Company by the Customer.(d) The Company shall not be liable in any way for any damages direct or consequential as a result of use of the equipment for any purpose other than that agreed nor for any use not stated and agreed in the Company’s specifications nor for any fault or defect arising from the Customers failure to disclose relevant and pertinent information to the Company. Where the purpose of the goods is misrepresented or omitted the Company shall be under no obligation in any manner and responsibility and liability shall pass to the Customer.(e) The Company shall not be liable in any way for any damage direct or consequential arising as a result of the failure by the Customer to comply with the terms of the operating manual supplied with the goods or by reason of a failure by the Customer to comply with the specified requirements for maintenance and calibration of the goods.

(f) The Customer acknowledges that the proper use of the goods can only be made by appropriately trained operatives. Training in the use of the equipment provided by ELE is available on a chargeable basis. Accordingly, the Company shall not be liable in any way for any damage direct or consequential, arising as a result of the use of the goods by inadequately experienced or inadequately trained operatives.

12 RepairsThe Company are not responsible for damage to goods sent to them for repair or examination nor for incidental damage to glass, apparatus and delicate instruments in the course of repair. Time involved in the preliminary examination of an article may be charged in the event of no repair being ordered. goods returned for repair should be sent carriage paid and be clearly labelled with the senders name and address. At or before the goods are sent advice shall be sent by fax or telex to ELE Shipping Department clearly indicating method of despatch, description of goods and value for customs. At the same time a letter should be sent detailing the work required.

13 Drawings and SketchesThe Company reserves the right to charge for the preparation of drawings or sketches prepared either for the submission or any execution of orders. All such drawings remain the property of the Company.

14 Force Majeure(a) The company shall not be liable for any failure to deliver the goods arising from circumstances outside the Company’s control.(b) Non-exhaustive illustrations of such circumstances would be Acts of god, war, riot, explosion, abnormal weather conditions, fire, flood, strikes, lockouts, government action or regulations, delay by suppliers, accidents, shortage of materials, labour or manufacturing facilities.(c) Should the Company be prevented from delivering in the above circumstances it shall give the Customer written notice of this fact as soon as reasonably practicable after discovering it.(d) If the circumstances preventing delivery are still continuing six months after the Customer receives the Company’s notice then either party may give written notice to the other cancelling the contract.(e) If the contract is cancelled in this way, the Company will refund any payment which the Customer has already made on account of the price (subject to deduction of any amount the Company is entitled to claim from the Customer) but the Company will not be liable to compensate the Customer for any further loss or damage caused by the failure to deliver.

15 Export(a) The Customer shall be solely responsible for ensuring that any import or other regulations of any country or district to which the goods are to be exported are complied with and the Company shall be under no liability whatsoever should the goods subsequently fail to fulfil the requirements of such regulations.(b) The Customer shall inform the Company of any intended further transhipment of the goods to third parties and their proposed use so that the Company may ensure that the contract is in compliance with any export restrictions or embargoes laid down from time to time by the government of the United Kingdom. In the event that such restrictions prevent the Company from complying with its contractual obligations the contract will be treated as being subject to Force Majeure and dealt with in accordance with clause 14. If a Customer knowingly or not provides misleading information to the Company the Customer shall indemnify the Company against any penalties, fines or other expenses incurred as a result.

16 Cancellation(a) If the Customer shall fail to pay the contract price to the Company on the due date or, if an actual person, die or be the subject of an order under the Mental Health Act 1959, or if any distress or execution is levied upon the Customer’s property or assets or if the Customer shall offer to make any scheme or arrangement with creditors or commit any act of bankruptcy or, being a Company, has a receiver appointed for any part of its undertaking or assets or if a resolution for winding up shall be passed, then the Company may treat all sums due or to become due on any delivery as immediately payable or suspend or cancel further deliveries or require payment in advance therefor or recover any goods which are unsold wheresoever they are stored or treat the contract as repudiated by the Customer but without prejudice to any other rights of the Company.(b) Cancellation of the order by the Customer for whatever reason shall entitle the Company to payment of all costs, expenses and losses of the Company arising therefrom. Such notification of cancellation by the Purchaser shall not be deemed to have been accepted by the Company in the absence of specific agreement by the Company in writing to that affect. In all cases the Company reserves to itself any rights that it may have in law.

17 NoticesAny notice to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be Any notice to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if sent or delivered to the party concerned at its address specified overleaf or such other address as that party may from time to time notify in writing and shall be deemed to have been served, if sent by post, forty-eight hours after posting.t

18 AssignmentNeither the Company nor the Customer shall assign or transfer or purport to assign or transfer the contract or the benefits thereof to any other person without the prior consent of each other.

19 Proper Law and JurisdictionThe contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English Law and all disputes arising in connection with the contract shall be submitted to the jurisdiction of the English Courts.

ref: 0508

For 24/7 online ordering, payment & order tracking go to www.ele.com

Page 164: ELE Product Catalogue 12 Edition

www.ele.com

If it’s worth buildingit’s worth testing

Construction Materials Testing Equipment

12th Edition

ELE International Distributor:Chartmoor RoadChartwell Business ParkLeighton Buzzard, Beds LU7 4WGEnglandTel: +44 (0) 1525 249 200Fax: +44 (0) 1525 249 249Email: [email protected]

© ELE International 2009. All rights reserved.

In the interest of improving and updating its equipment, ELE reserves the right to alter specifications to equipment at any time.

Con

struction

Materials Testin

g E

qu

ipm

ent

12